100% found this document useful (2 votes)
7K views253 pages

Philippine National Police: FOR Field Training Program

Uploaded by

JvnRodz P Gmlm
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as DOC, PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
100% found this document useful (2 votes)
7K views253 pages

Philippine National Police: FOR Field Training Program

Uploaded by

JvnRodz P Gmlm
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as DOC, PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 253

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE

STANDARD TRAINING PACKAGE


FOR
FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM
TRAFFIC PHASE
Field Training Officer’s Guide
Peace and order Agenda for Transformation
and upholding of the Rule-Of-Law
PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE

STANDARD TRAINING PACKAGE


FOR
FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM
TRAFFIC PHASE
Field Training Officer’s Guide
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

COPYRIGHT PAGE

PHILIPPI NE NATIONAL POLICE

Standard Training Package for Field Training Program


Traffic Phase
Field Training Officer’s Guide
Copyright 2014

Printed by:

Directorate for Human Resource and Doctrine Development

All rights reserved. This publication may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, in any
form or by any means electronic or mechanical or by any information storage and
retrieval system now known or hereafter invented, without prior written permission of
the Director, Directorate for Human Resource and Doctrine Development, with postal
address at Ground Floor, NHQ Building, Camp Crame, Quezon City and telephone
number (632) 725-4046 or 723-0401 local 3184.

ii COPYRIGHT PAGE FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Republic of the Philippines


Department of the Interior and Local Government
NATIONAL POLICE COMMISSION
371 Sen. Gil Puyat Ave, Makati City

MESSA GE
I commend the efforts of the Philippine National Police in the
development of this Standard Training Package for Field Training
Program with the goal of providing a detailed day-to-day guide to
ensure that wherever the FTP is being conducted, the trainees/
recruits are provided with quality and standardized training.

This endeavor is a manifestation of the PNP’s commitment


towards the attainment of a credible and effective police force.
It is through training that the knowledge, skills, and attitudes of
every personnel are being molded.

The NAPOLCOM and the PNP will continue to work in


synergy towards the achievement of our goals and the improvement of the peace and
order situation in the country.

I extend my warmest congratulations to the PNP leadership for its efficient service
and proactive effort to address the needs of the organization.

MAR ROXAS
Chairman, NAPOLCOM

MESSAGE FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM iii


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Republic of the Philippines


NATIONAL POLICE COMMISSION
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS, PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE
OFFICE OF THE CHIEF, PNP
Camp Crame, Quezon City

FOREW OR D
It is with pride that I commend the men and women of the
Philippine National Police involved in crafting this first-ever Standard
Training Package (STP) for Field Training Program (FTP) which will
provide our field training officers (FTOs) an indispensable tool in
facilitating the conduct of the FTP. It also includes a police trainees’
guide as reference for our police recruits as they go about the
program. The efforts and commitment you shared to accomplish this
task is worthy of recognition.

With the implementation of this STP for FTP, the organization is


confident that it will be able to produce and develop more competent
and effective police officers committed in providing
―Serbisyong Makatotohanan‖ to the community that it swore to serve and protect.

This STP is part of the realization of the competency program under the CODE-P
Strategic Initiative.

At the end of it all, everything rests upon us on how we will utilize the knowledge
imparted to us and how we will exercise the authority and power vested upon us as
police officers and public servants.

ALAN LA MADRID PURISIMA


Police Director General
Chief, PNP

“Serbisyong Makatotohanan”

iv FOREW ORD FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Republic of the Philippines


NATIONAL POLICE COMMIS SIO N
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS, PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE
DIRECTORATE FOR HUMAN RESOURCE AND DOCTRINE DEVE LO PM E N T Camp Crame,
Quezon City

PREFACE

The Directorate for Human Resource and Doctrine


Development (DHRDD) has undergone major developments
aimed at improving the quality of training being given to every
PNP personnel.

With the CPNP’s directive to improve the Field Training Program


(FTP) for PO1, this Directorate, in coordination with the PNP
Training Service (PNPTS), initiated the development of a Standard
Training Package (STP) for FTP with the help of seasoned Field
Training Officers (FTOs) and Regional Special Training Unit (RSTU)
Training Managers from the different Police Regional Offices. The
inputs provided in the development of this
STP were derived from the first hand experiences of the FTOs and Training Managers,
thus, making this STP more realistic and attuned to the needs of the police trainees.

The STP is a day-to-day guide for FTOs as well as trainees in the conduct of the FTP
to ensure that all the learning objectives are accomplished. The STP for FTP will serve
as the ―bible‖ in implementing a uniform and standard training for all police trainees
undergoing the Field Training Program. It contains, among others, the program of
instruction, training manuscripts, slide presentations, sample scenarios, and test
questionnaires that would aid the FTOs in conducting the field training of the police
trainees. It also contains the Police Trainees Guide which would serve as the trainee’s
reference and manual as they go about the program.

With this Standard Training Package, the DHRDD is hopeful that the FTO could
provide better quality training and produce more competent and credible police officers in
accordance with the CPNP’s CODE-P Strategic Initiative.

ALEX PAUL INTO MONTEAGUDO


Police Director
TDHRDD

PREFACE FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM v


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The Standard Training Package for Field Training Program (STP for FTP) could
never been crafted if not for the time, effort, and dedication exemplified by the men and
women of the Philippine National Police who shared not only their knowledge but also
their first hand experiences and expertise in crafting this STP for FTP.

With this, I would like to extend my heartfelt gratitude and appreciation to the people
behind this commendable accomplishment.

To the officers and staff of the PNP Training Service (PNPTS) led by PCSUPT
VICENTE AREÑO LOOT, Director, PNPTS, for the support and assistance rendered in
the development of this STP for FTP;

To PCSUPT LYNDEL ALPUERTO DESQUITADO and PCSUPT MANUEL CESAR


ALVAREZ PRIETO, Deputy Director and Executive Officer, Directorate for Human
Resource and Doctrine Development (DHRDD) for steering the DHRDD Technical Staff
towards the realizaiton of this project;

To the members of the Technical Staff - led by PSSUPT AGUSTIN ESPERANZA


SENOT and to PSSUPT JEROME SALE BAXINELA, Head Facilitator, and PSSUPT
RANULFO IBAÑEZ DEMIAR for their tenacity and commitment as they carried out all
the spadework to ensure the successful implementation of this project.

My greatest appreciation goes out to the members of the Technical Working Groups
composed of members of the PNPTS and the Field Training Officers and Regional Special
Training Unit Training Managers and particularly to PSUPT PAMELA DESQUITADO
BALASABAS, for their strength of purpose as they poured their energy to accomplish this
goal.

And to NUP Ivy Anne B. Robrigado and NUP Lei-lani R. David for their diligence in
editing and proofreading the STP for FTP.

To PDG ALAN LA MADRID PURISIMA, Chief, PNP, for providing the leadership and
inspiration as he continues to steer the PNP towards the fulfillment of its goals and the
betterment of the police service.

ALEX PAUL INTO MONTEAGUDO


Police Directorre &
TDHRDD

vi ACKNOW LEDGEMENT FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MESSAGE . ... .... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ........ ... ... ......... ......... ......... .... .iii

FOREWORD..................................................................................................................................................iv

PREFACE.........................................................................................................................................................v

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT..........................................................................................................................vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS..........................................................................................................................vii

INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................1
Phase Information.............................................................................................................................1
Training Goal.......................................................................................................................................2
Training Objectives..........................................................................................................................2
Target Audience................................................................................................................................2
Duration.................................................................................................................................................2
Learning Aid.........................................................................................................................................2
Police Trainees Materials..............................................................................................................3
Training References........................................................................................................................3
Program of Instruction (POI)..............................................................................................................4
Master Training Schedule....................................................................................................................5

MODULE I: Orientation and Familiarization Duties, Responsibilities


and Core Value of a Traffic Police Officer
Training Plan.......................................................................................................................................6
Daily Training Schedule (Day 1)................................................................................................8
Training Manuscript..........................................................................................................................11
Introduction....................................................................................................................................11
Module Structure........................................................................................................................12
Traffic Section Organizational Chart.................................................................................13
Duties of Traffic Personnel....................................................................................................13
Responsibilities of Traffic Personnel................................................................................14

TABLE OF CONTENTS FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM vii
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Practical Exercises #1, ................................................................................. 14


#2 .................................................................................. 15
Slides ................................................................................................................. 16
MODULE II: Basic Traffic Laws, Rules and Regulations,

Memoranda Ordinances and Issuances


Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 17
Daily Training Schedule (Day 2)......................................................................... 19
Training Manuscript............................................................................................ 22
Introduction ................................................................................................... 22
Main Concepts of R.A. 4136 (Land Transportation and Traffic Code) .......... 23
Salient Features of R.A. 10586 and Procedures
During Arrest of a Driver .......................................................................... 23
R.A. No. 4136 (Land Transportation and Traffic Code) ........................... 26
R.A. No. 10054........................................................................................ 28
R.A. No. 8750.......................................................................................... 28
Practical Exercise #1 .................................................................................... 29
Slides ................................................................................................................. 32
MODULE III: Traffic Intersection Conflicts, Signs and Symbols

Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 43


Daily Training Schedule (Day 3)......................................................................... 45
Training Manuscript............................................................................................ 48
Traffic Signs and Symbols and Road Safety ................................................ 49
Three (3) Common Types of Collision .......................................................... 51
Practical Exercise #1 .................................................................................... 51
MODULE IV: Traffic Direction and Control

Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 54


Daily Training Schedule (Days 4,5) .................................................................... 55
Training Manuscript............................................................................................ 61
Definition of Traffic Direction and Control; .................................................... 61
Proper Stances of a Traffic Police Officer While

TABLE OF CONTENTS FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


viii
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Conducting Traffic Direction and Control ...................................................... 62


Hand Gestures to Stop Traffic ...................................................................... 63
Hand Gestures to Start Traffic During Daytime ............................................ 64
Hand Gestures to Make Right/Left Turn at Daytime ..................................... 64
Techniques in Traffic Direction and Control .................................................. 65
Factors to Consider Before Assigning a Police Officer to a Traffic Post ....... 66
How to Handle Traffic Congestion (Gridlock)................................................ 66
Responding to the Accident Scene............................................................... 67
Hand Gestures to Stop Traffic at Night ......................................................... 68
Hand Gestures to Start Traffic at Night......................................................... 68
Hand Gestures to Make Right/Left Turn at Night.......................................... 69
Don’t’s in Conducting Traffic Direction and Control ...................................... 70
Practical Exercises #1 .................................................................................. 70
#2 .................................................................................. 71
Slides ................................................................................................................. 72
MODULE V: Traffic Law Enforcement

Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 75


Daily Training Schedule (Days 7,8) .................................................................... 77
Training Manuscript............................................................................................ 84
Common Traffic Violations ............................................................................ 84
Matrix 1- Republic Act No. 4136 ................................................................... 85
Matrix 2- Land Transportation Office Memorandum Circular 89-105............ 86
Traffic Citation ............................................................................................... 87
Practical Exercise #1 .................................................................................... 87
#2 .................................................................................... 88
Methods Used in Approaching the Violator’s Vehicle ................................... 90
Special and Usual Traffic Situations ............................................................. 91
How to Handle Traffic Jams.......................................................................... 94
Case of Vehicle Cannibalization ................................................................... 96
In Case of rRbbery Hold-Up ......................................................................... 97

TABLE OF CONTENTS FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM ix


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Kinds of Law Enforcement Actions ............................................................... 97

Practical Exercise #3 .................................................................................... 98


#4 .................................................................................... 98
Evaluation .......................................................................................................... 99
Slides ................................................................................................................. 101
MODULE VI: Basic Principles of Defensive Driving

Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 104


Daily Training Schedule (Days 9, 10) ................................................................. 105
Training Manuscript............................................................................................ 113
Defensive Driving.......................................................................................... 113
Factors That Affect Driving ........................................................................... 114
Factors Affecting the Behaviour of a Driver .................................................. 115
Key to Effective Defensive Driving................................................................ 115
Driving Plans and Decision ........................................................................... 115
Driving Techniques and Safety ..................................................................... 116
Right-of-Way Rules....................................................................................... 118
Passing ......................................................................................................... 119
Curves .......................................................................................................... 120
Road Safety .................................................................................................. 121
Vehicle Maintenance..................................................................................... 121
Driver’s Physical condition............................................................................ 122
Tips in Driving ............................................................................................... 123
Saving Tips on Gasoline Usage.................................................................... 125
Driving and Alcohol ....................................................................................... 125
Road Courtesy.............................................................................................. 125
International Traffic Signs ............................................................................. 127
Driver’s Signal .............................................................................................. 128
Traffic Signals ............................................................................................... 129
Pavement Markings ...................................................................................... 130
Speed Limit................................................................................................... 132

TABLE OF CONTENTS FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


x
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Keep Distance from Other Vehicles.............................................................. 133


Turning.......................................................................................................... 134
Stopping........................................................................................................ 135
Parking.......................................................................................................... 136
Backing ......................................................................................................... 137
Practical Exercise #1 .................................................................................... 137
Slides ................................................................................................................. 139
MODULE VII: Duties of a Police Officer as First Responder

in a Traffic Accident
Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 155
Daily Training Schedule (Day 11) ....................................................................... 157
Training Manuscript............................................................................................ 161
Upon Arrival at the Traffic Accident Scene.................................................... 161
Types of Accident Collision ........................................................................... 162
Importance of Photograph in Traffic Accident ............................................... 162
Turnover of Traffic Accident .......................................................................... 164
Practical Exercise #1 (Scenario/Answ er) ...................................................... 164
#2 (Sketching) ................................................................. 165
#3 (Photographing).......................................................... 167
Slides ................................................................................................................. 167
DAY 13

Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 178


Daily Training Plan ............................................................................................. 180
MODULE VIII: Traffic Police Officer in Court

Training Plan ...................................................................................................... 184


Daily Training Schedule (Days 14,15) ................................................................ 185
Training Manuscript............................................................................................ 191
Practical Exercise #1 Court Hearing Observation ........................................ 191
#2 .................................................................................... 191

TABLE OF CONTENTS FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM xi


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

PRACTICAL EXERCISES:
Traffic Direction and Control
Training Plan................................................................................................................................192
Daily Training Schedule (Day 16)......................................................................................193

Basic Traffic Laws, Rules and Regulations, Memoranda,


Ordinances and Issuances
Training Plan................................................................................................................................196
Daily Training Schedule (Day 17)......................................................................................198

Traffic Intersection Conflicts, Signs and Symbols


Training Plan................................................................................................................................201
Daily Training Schedule (Day 19)......................................................................................203

Traffic Direction and Control


Training Plan................................................................................................................................207
Daily Training Schedule (Day 20)......................................................................................208

Traffic Law Enforcement


Training Plan................................................................................................................................212
Daily Training Schedule (Day 21)......................................................................................214

Basic Principles of Defensive Driving


Training Plan................................................................................................................................218
Daily Training Schedule (Day 22)......................................................................................219

Duties of a Police Officer as First Responder in a Traffic Accident


Training Plan................................................................................................................................223
Daily Training Schedule (Day 23)......................................................................................225

SUMMARY..................................................................................................................................................229

EVALUATION AND DELIBERATION...........................................................................................230

TECHNICAL WORKING GROUP...................................................................................................231

xii TABLE OF CONTENTS FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

INTRODUCTION

This Field Training Officer’s Guide is a simplified compilation of all knowledge


needed by Police Trainees (PTs) as they undergo the Traffic Phase of the Field
Training Program (FTP). This is designed to complement academic instructions
through practical experiences in the field which will ultimately prepare them for the
next step towards becoming police officers.

The Traffic Phase deals with the concepts of traffic, its goals, objectives, and
processes. It also deals with traffic safety education, basic and common traffic
enforcer actions. It further identifies the collective impression of PTs on traffic when
they join the organization as police officers.

The PTs will gradually acquire knowledge and skills necessary to perform as able
police officers. The exact point in training (time) at which the transition is made from
one step to the next varies from each trainee. The goal is to develop the PTs to
become effective, credible and experienced police officers with the highest caliber of
public service.

Traffic is a complex system which targets the movement or flow of vehicles,


pedestrians, and goods from point of origin to destination. The Traffic Phase will
equip the PTs with knowledge, understanding and skills to address any setbacks and
provide innovative traffic management services for a more coordinated, better and
safer community. This also gives an overview of the actual performance of police
officers in the field focusing on the standard traffic management procedures and
processes in the locality.

This Guide emphasizes on the observable learning that needs to be taught and
imparted to the PTs by the Field Training Officers (FTOs). It also concentrates on the
standard and systematic application of the learning process. Various teaching
methods will be applied like demonstrations, dramatizations, video presentations,
practical exercises, and field immersions for a more holistic learning process to help
develop the skills of PTs in the field of traffic.

PHASE INFORMATION

The Traffic Phase will be conducted for a period of four (4) weeks with eight (8)
modules. It was designed for FTOs to effectively teach the PTs.

INTRODUCTION FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 1


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING GOAL
This Phase aims to introduce to the PTs the basic and fundamental knowledge in
traffic as one of the law enforcement functions of the Philippine National Police.

TRAINING OBJECTIVES
At the end of this Phase, the PTs will be able to:

踴囂࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿w漬᎑࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ x펌е࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿y샮ࠢ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿z뭎埅࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿{킈᠃࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
103„庂淄࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿…䩦ᜰ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ †胘⮱࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‡槬啫࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ˆ憖炃࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‰缒原࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿䗤樛࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿픊噻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‘ퟸ玻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿’墜ᡶ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ “걶㉿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
Ꟁ 睛࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿™훴
ᷖ ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿šञ皚࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿›꺔䚕࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿œ亪睺࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿릂㽈࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
粐䰘࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿£⣌吟࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¤‫ﴖ‬罥࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¥‫ﵨ‬矉࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¦銺⦊࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿§庬濩࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
斿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿↢࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿®䢘䵜࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¯犲㰻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿°쓂ᕞ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿±ꄶ旒࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
乕࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿·⿈䱧࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¸ᇂ劣࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¹殀䓯࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿º Define traffic and its
processes;

踴囂࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿w漬᎑࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ x펌е࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿y샮ࠢ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿z뭎埅࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿{킈᠃࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
104„庂淄࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿…䩦ᜰ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ †胘⮱࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‡槬啫࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ˆ憖炃࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‰缒原
࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿Ž棘䁱࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿䗤樛࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿픊噻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‘ퟸ玻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿’墜ᡶ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ “
㢖庖࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿˜Ꟁ 睛࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿™훴 ᷖ ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿šञ皚࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿›꺔䚕࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿œ亪睺࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
늮栵࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¢粐䰘࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿£⣌吟࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¤‫ﴖ‬罥࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¥‫ﵨ‬矉࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¦銺⦊࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
捁࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¬鶨斿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿↢࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿®䢘䵜࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¯犲㰻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿°쓂ᕞ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
㓌࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¶扠乕࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿·⿈䱧࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¸ᇂ劣࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¹殀䓯࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿º Appreciat
e and value the traffic management processes to further promote awareness
as part of their professional and personal growth; and

踴囂࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿w漬᎑࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ x펌е࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿y샮ࠢ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿z뭎埅࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿{킈᠃࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
105„庂淄࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿…䩦ᜰ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ †胘⮱࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‡槬啫࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ˆ憖炃࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‰缒原࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿䗤樛࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿픊噻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿‘ퟸ玻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿’墜ᡶ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿ “걶㉿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
Ꟁ 睛࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿™훴
ᷖ ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿šञ皚࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿›꺔䚕࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿œ亪睺࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿릂㽈࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
粐䰘࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿£⣌吟࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¤‫ﴖ‬罥࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¥‫ﵨ‬矉࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¦銺⦊࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿§庬濩࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
斿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿↢࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿®䢘䵜࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¯犲㰻࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿°쓂ᕞ࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿±ꄶ旒࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿
乕࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿·⿈䱧࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¸ᇂ劣࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿¹殀䓯࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿࿿º Acquire the basic and
fundamental skills on traffic procedures.

TARGET AUDIENCE
The target audience for this Phase are PTs who completed the six (6) months
Public Safety Basic Recruit Course (PSBRC).

DURATION
The duration of this Phase is one (1) month or equivalent to four (4) weeks with
24 days including four (4) Saturdays for a total of 176 training hours.
LEARNING AIDS
The following learning aids are required in this Phase:

0 Multi-Media Projector
1 Multi-Media Pointer
2 Laptop Computer
3 Projector Screen
4 Voice Recorder
5 Flip Charts and Markers
6 Citation Tickets
0 Temporary Operator’s Permit (TOP)
1 Traffic Violations Receipt (TVR)
2 Ordinance Violations Receipt (OVR)

2 INTRODUCTION FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

0 Driver’s License
1 Manila Paper
2 Extra Sheets of Paper
3 Traffic Section Organizational Structure
4 Manning Chart
5 Area of Responsibility (AOR) Map

POLICE TRAINEE’S MATERIALS

The following are the materials needed by the PTs for the duration of the Traffic
Phase:

23 Police Trainee’s Guide


24 Other Learning Materials

TRAINING REFERENCES

The following are the training references used by the STP- FTP Traffic Phase
Team in crafting this Guide:

23 Revised PNP Operational Procedures Manual (December 2013)


24 Traffic Management Group Manual, Chapter V, pages 31-80
25 Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic) Revised Edition 2008 by Prof.
Felino Aguit Bragado
26 Republic Act No. 4136 (Land Transportation and Traffic Code)
27 Republic Act No. 6539 (Anti-Carnapping Act of 1972)
28 Presidential Decree No. 1612 (Anti- Fencing Law of 1979)
29 Presidential Decree No. 98 (Regulating the Issuance of License Plate of
Motor Vehicles)
30 PNP Ethical Doctrine
31 Highway Patrol Group Handbook Series of 1999
32 Land Transportation Office Department Orders and Issuances
33 Republic Act No. 10084 (Helmet Law)
34 Republic Act No. 8750 (Seat Belt Law)
35 Training Materials from the National Center for Transportation Studies,
University of the Philippines

INTRODUCTION FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 3


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

PROGRAM OF INSTRUCTION (POI)


MODULE COURSE DESCRIPTION NO. OF
HOURS
LE PE
MODULE I This block of instruction will orient the PTs 1 7
1. Orientation and on the organizational structure of a traffic
Familiarization section, duties, responsibilities, core
2. Duties, Responsibilities values of a traffic police officer, and
and Core Values of a familiarization in the area of deployment.
Traffic Police Officer
MODULE II This block of instruction will teach the PTs 4 12
Basic Traffic Laws, Rules and on the basic traffic laws, rules and
Regulations, Memoranda, regulations, memoranda, ordinances,
Ordinances and Issuances issuances, and its applicability in the
execution of traffic by police officers.
MODULE III This block of instruction will provide the 4 12
Traffic Intersection Conflicts, PTs with the knowledge on the common
Signs and Symbols traffic signs and symbols and the ability to
recognize the different types of collision.
MODULE IV This block of instruction will provide the 4 20
Traffic Direction and Control PTs with the basic knowledge on traffic
direction and control and the techniques
of its execution.
MODULE V This block of instruction will provide the 4 20
Traffic Law Enforcement PTs with the basic knowledge on traffic
law enforcement and develop their
necessary skills.
MODULE VI This block of instruction will teach the PTs 4 20
Basic Principles of Defensive on the basic principles on defensive
Driving driving and motor vehicle maintenance.
MODULE VII This block of instruction will orient the PTs 4 20
Duties of a Traffic Police on the duties of a Traffic Police Officer as
Officer as First Responder in a first responder in a traffic accident.
Traffic Accident
MODULE VIII This block of instruction will enable the - 16
Traffic Police Officer in Court PTs to observe an actual court
proceeding.
EVALUATION/ This block of instruction will require the - 16
DELIBERATION PTs to take examinations and undergo
interviews and deliberations.
NO. HOURS 28 148
TOTAL TRAINING HOURS 176

4 INTRODUCTION FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MASTER TRAINING SCHEDULE

FTO’S NOTE: You should strictly follow the schedule of activities on a specific day of
the week and the learning processes required in this Phase.

WEEK1
TIME DAY 1 DAY 2 DAY 3 DAY 4 DAY 5 DAY 6
From To
8:00 12:00 Module I Module II Module III Module IV Module IV Evaluation
AM NN with PE
12:00 1:00 LUNCH TIME
NN PM
1:00 5:00 Module I Module II Module III Module IV Module IV Passes
PM PM with PE with PE with PE with PE with PE

WEEK2
TIME DAY 7 DAY 8 DAY 9 DAY 10 DAY 11 DAY12
From To
8:00 12:00 Module V Module V Module VI Module VI Module VII Evaluation
AM NN with PE with PE
12:00 1:00 LUNCH TIME
NN PM
1:00 5:00 Module V Module V Module VI Module VI Module VII Passes
PM PM with PE with PE with PE with PE with PE

WEEK3
TIME DAY 13 DAY 14 DAY 15 DAY 16 DAY 17 DAY18
From To
8:00 12:00 Module VII PE PE PE PE Evaluation
AM NN with PE Module VIII Module VIII Module IV Module II
12:00 1:00 LUNCH TIME
NN PM
1:00 5:00 Module VII PE PE PE PE Passes
PM PM with PE Module VIII Module VIII Module IV Module II

WEEK4
TIME DAY 19 DAY 20 DAY 21 DAY 22 DAY 23 DAY24
From To
8:00 12:00 PE PE PE PE PE Module Evaluation
AM NN Module III Module IV Module V Module VI VII
12:00 1:00 LUNCH TIME
NN PM
1:00 5:00 PE PE PE PE PE Module End
PM PM Module III Module IV Module V Module VI VII

INTRODUCTION FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 5


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE I : 1. ORIENTATION AND FAMILIARIZATION
2. DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITIES AND CORE

VALUES OF A TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICER


TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 1

VENUE : Station’s Traffic Unit / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) hours

LEARNING AIDS : Traffic Section Organizational Structure

Manning Chart
Area of Responsibilities (AOR) Map
Laptop Computer Multi-
Media Projector Multi-
Media Pointer
Whiteboard with Marker
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Extra Sheet of Paper, flash drive, ballpen, pencil
TRAINING REFERENCES : Station’s/Unit’s Traffic Organizational Chart

Manning/Roster of Troops/Job Description


PNP Ethical Doctrine
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will orient the PTs on the

organizational structure of a traffic section, duties,


responsibilities, core values of a traffic police officer,
and familiarization in the area of deployment.

6 MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : List the name and designation of key personnel and be familiar
with the organizational structure of the Police Station’s Traffic
Unit/Section;

T.O. #2 : Enumerate the duties, responsibilities and core values of a Traffic


Police Officer; and

T.O. #3 : Enumerate the following based on the AOR Map:

0 Road Networks
1 Vital Installations

MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 7


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/ As appropriate
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed


Cleaning CLEANING OF
Materials AOR/BREAKFAST Not Completed
5:00 7:00 Designation of AOR Clean-up As appropriate
AOR Personal hygiene
AM AM
Reason(s):
D AY 1

Availability and Wearing of prescribed


Distribution of uniform
Breakfast Breakfast: Prayer before
meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed
Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Rank Accounting Report
Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

8 MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Introduction to INTRODUCTION TO Completed


Traffic Phase MODULE I: ORIENTATION
AND FAMILIARIZATION Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Invocation: Police Officer’s As appropriate
Prayer Introduction
AM AM Training Goal Reason(s):
Training Objectives
Module Structure

Training TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Manuscript of AND DISCUSSION oLecture
Module I Station’s Traffic
Organizational Structure oGroup
Duties, responsibilities and Discussion
core values of a traffic oPractical
police officer Exercises
8:00 12:00 Not Completed
AM NN GROUP DISCUSSION oLecture
PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1
oGroup
Discussion
oPractical
Exercises
Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed
Lunch Prayer before meal
Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Mess Kits
Venue for As appropriate
NN PM Lunch Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/
call formation Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Attendance in the
As appropriate
Afternoon
PM PM Reason(s):

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


Prior to dispatch for PE
Not Completed
1:15 1:30 As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE #2 Completed


AOR Map Area familiarization
1:30 4:45 through actual tour Not Completed
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 9


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


4:45 5:00 recap the Summary of the activities
PM PM activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer: The Lord’s
Issues and Prayer (Our Father) As appropriate
concerns Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer
Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed
personal
5:00 6:00 tasking Not Completed
As appropriate
PM PM
Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
6:00 7:00 Mess kits Not Completed
Venue for
PM PM Dinner As appropriate
Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


study time
7:00 9:00 Not Completed
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to Sleep
(TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report
Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed
4:00 TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
(TAPS) Not Completed
9:30 AM
PM (next As appropriate
day) Reason(s):

10 MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module I
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
ORIENTAT IO N AND FAMILIARIZATIO N AND DUTIES RESPONSIBILITIES
AND CORE VALUES OF A TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICER

FTO’s Note: Start the training day with the POLICE OFFICER’S PRAYER to be
led by a PT. The same PT will deliver THE LORD’S PRAYER at the
end of the day. This should be done on a rotation basis.

INTRODUCTION

The Traffic Phase of the Field Training Program is designed to complement


academic instructions through practical experiences in the field which will ultimately
prepare you for the next step towards becoming police officers.

You will gradually acquire the skills and knowledge necessary to function as able
police officers. The exact point in training (time) at which the transition is made from
one step to the next varies with each trainee. The goal is to develop you to become
effective, credible and experienced police officers with the highest caliber of public
service.

PURPOSE

Traffic is a complex system on the movement or flow of vehicles, pedestrians and


goods from point of origin to destination. In this Phase, you will be equipped with the
knowledge, understanding and skills to address any setbacks and provide innovative
traffic management services for a more coordinated, better and safer community.

This Phase will have an actual performance in the field focusing on the standard
traffic management procedures and processes in the locality.

GOAL

The Traffic Phase introduces you to the basic and fundamental knowledge in
traffic as one of the law enforcement functions in the Philippine National Police.

MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 11


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES

At the end of this Phase, you will be able to:

0 Define traffic and its processes;

1 Appreciate and value the processes of traffic to further promote awareness as


part of their professional and personal growth; and

2 Acquire the basic and fundamental skills on traffic procedures.

MODULE STRUCTURE

MODULE I : 1. Orientation and Familiarization

0 Duties, Responsibilities and Core Values of a Traffic Police


Officer

MODULE II : Basic Traffic Laws, Rules and Regulations, Memoranda,


Ordinances and Issuances
MODULE III : Traffic Intersection Conflicts, Signs and Symbols

MODULE IV : Traffic Direction and Control

MODULE V : Traffic Law Enforcement

MODULE VI : Basic Principles of Defensive Driving

MODULE VII : Duties of a Traffic Police Officer as First Responder in a Traffic

Accident
MODULE VIII : Traffic Police Officer in Court

EVALUATION/DELIBERATION

FTO’s Note: Do not teach the PTs how to become a traffic enforcer. His
knowledge is limited to what a new police officer needs to perform
his actual duty in the future. This Phase is designed to provide them
with the basic knowledge on traffic.

12 MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAFFIC SECTION ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

The key personnel of Station’s Traffic Unit are:

0 Chief, Traffic Section

1 Traffic Investigation Officer

2 Traffic Enforcement Officer

GROUP DISCUSSION

The FTO will discuss the core values of the PNP which the PTs will relate to the
core values of a traffic police officer. Provide the each group with a Manila paper or
extra sheet paper for them to enumerate and discuss the said core values. Each
group output will be presented to the class.

DUTIES OF TRAFFIC PERSONNEL

0 Enforcement of traffic laws, ordinances, rules and regulations without fear or


favor.

1 Assist the public when necessary and requested.

2 Keep in mind that in an intersection or any traffic post, the following factors
should be considered in the placement of Traffic Police Officer:

0 Personnel safety of the police officer;

b. Presence of the police officer to traffic;

MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 13


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

0 Presence of traffic to the police officer;

1 Non-obstruction to traffic of the police officer;

2 Ability to effect necessary control; and

3 Accessibility to persons seeking information or making complaints.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRAFFIC PERSONNEL

0 The officer shall not leave his post.

1 The officer shall responded to any emergency call.

2 The officer must be calm and be able to control his temper under trying and
provoking circumstances.

3 The officer shall be in proper uniform with the appropriate equipment.

4 In issuing a traffic citation, one (1) minute shall be the maximum time spent
for dealing with an offender.

5 The officer must wear an official I.D. card when undertaking traffic duties.

6 The officer must conform to the procedures in conducting traffic law enforcement.

7 Inform the driver of specific violation.

8 Accomplish clearly and legibly the traffic citation ticket.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1

class.

Enumerate the following based on the AOR Map:

512 rk
a. hways)

14 MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

0 ns c. traffic g

0.0

0 ns
̀ ⠀Ȁ⤀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀԀȀ̀⠀⤀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀĀȀ⸀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀ
̀
ĀȀ⸀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀ0 gces
̀ ⠀Ȁ⤀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀԀȀ̀⠀⤀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀĀȀ⸀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀ
̀
ĀȀ⸀ĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀĀᜀ1 es
c.
0 ls
1 ks
2 kets
3 ports
4 buents
5 ots

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #2

FTO’s Note: The area of deployment will be based on the peculiarity of traffic in
the AOR (refer to AOR maps and sketches).

The FTO
class.

Each
of deployment.

FTO’s Note: Introduce the selected topics to be studied by the PTs during the
study period:
0 Main concepts of R.A. No. 4136 (Traffic Law), LTO Directives
and Issuances, salient features of R.A. Nos. 10054 and 8750;
and
1 Different violations of motorists.

MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 15


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER'S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MODULE I SLIDES

DUTIES OF TRAFFIC PERSONNEL DUTIES OF TRAFFIC PERSONNEL

Enf orcement of traffic law s, ordinances, rules Presenc e of the police officer to traffic.
and regulations w ithout fear or favor;

Presenc e of the traffic to police officer.


Assist the general public w hen necessary
and requested;
Non-obstruction to traffic by police officer.

Keep in mind that in an intersection or any traffic


post, the follow ing factors should be considered Ability to effect necessary control.
on the placement of the traffic police officer;
Accessibility to persons w ishing information or
Personal safety of the police officer/ enforcer; making complaints

RESPONSIBILITIES OF
TRAFFIC PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITIES OF
TRAFFIC PERSONNEL
The officer shall not leave his post.

The officer shall response to any emergency call.


The officer must w ear officiaiiD card w hen
The officer must be calm and control his temper undertaking traffic duties.
under trying and provoking circumstances.
The office must conform to the procedures of
The officer shall be in proper uniform w ith proper conduct traffic enforcement.
equipment.

Inform driver of specific violation.


In issuing citation, one minute shall be the
maximum time spent for dealing w ith the
offender. Accomplish clearly and legibly traffic citation
ticket.

161 MODULE I FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE II :
BASICTRAFFICLAWS,RULES AND
REGULATIONS, MEMORANDA, ORDINANCES
AND ISSUANCES
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 2

VENUE : Station’s Classroom / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Manila Paper
Extra Sheets of Paper
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Paper, flash drive, ballpen, pencil
TRAINING REFERENCES : Highway Patrol Group Handbook Series of 1999

Land Transportation Office Department Orders and


Issuances
Republic Act No. 10084 (Helmet Law)
Republic Act No. 8750 (Seat Belt Law)
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will teach the PTs on the

basic traffic laws, rules and regulations, memoranda,


ordinances, issuances, and its applicability in the
execution of traffic by police officers.

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 17


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Understand and recognize the main concepts of R.A. No. 4136,
LTO Directives and Issuances, and the Salient Features of R.A.
No. 10054 and R.A. No. 8750; and

T.O. #2 : Identify the different traffic violations of motorists.

18 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed


Cleaning CLEANING OF
Materials AOR/BREAKFAST Not Completed
5:00 7:00 Designation of AOR Clean-up As appropriate
AOR Personal hygiene
AM AM
Reason(s):
2

Availability and Wearing of prescribed


Distribution of uniform
Breakfast Breakfast: Prayer before
Y
DA

meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Rank Accounting Report
Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 8:00 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 19


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Introduction to INTRODUCTION TO Completed


Module II MODULE II: BASIC
TRAFFIC LAWS, RULES Not Completed
AND REGULATIONS, As appropriate
8:00 8:15 MEMORANDA,
ORDINANCES AND Reason(s):
AM AM ISSUANCES
Invocation: Police Officer’s
Prayer Training
Goal Training
Objectives
Training TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed
Manuscript for AND DISCUSSION
Module II Main Concepts of R.A. No. Not Completed
8:15 12:00 4136 As appropriate
AM NN GROUP DISCUSSION Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for As appropriate
Lunch
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for Roll Roll Call Formation/
Call Formation Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Training TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Manuscript for AND DISCUSSION
Module II LTO Department Order oLecture
1:15 4:45
No. 2008-39 and Other
Issuances
oPractical
Exercises
PM PM R.A. No. 10054 Not Compl ete d
R.A. No. 8750
PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1 oLecture
oPractic al
Exercises

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


20
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for
Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


studies
7:00 9:00 Not Completed
PM PM As appropriate
Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to Sleep
(TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issuance of
Delinquency
Report
Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed
TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 21


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module II
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
BASIC TRAFFIC LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS, MEMORANDA,
ORDINANCES AND ISSUANCES

FTO’s Note: Start the training day with the POLICE OFFICER’S PRAYER to be
led by a PT. The same PT will deliver THE LORD’S PRAYER at the
end of the day. This should be done on a rotation basis.

INTRODUCTION

This module will teach you the basic traffic laws, rules and regulations, memoranda,
ordinances, issuances, and its applicability in the execution of traffic by police officers.

After this block of instruction, you will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Understand and recognize the main concepts of R.A. No. 4136,
LTO directives and issuances, and the salient features of R.A. No.
10054 and R.A. No. 8750; and

T.O. #2 : Identify the different traffic violations of motorists.

GROUP DISCUSSION

FTO’s Note: Divide the PTs into four (4) groups to discuss the main concepts of
R.A. No. 4136. Assign one (1) of the following topics to the groups:

23 Driver’s License Violations


24 Motor Vehicle Registration Violations
25 Parking Violations
26 Moving Traffic Violations

Each group is given one (1) hour to prepare and discuss. For the
presentation of group output, any training aids can be used.

22 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MAIN CONCEPTS OF REPUBLIC ACT NO. 4136 (LAND TRANSPORTATION


AND TRAFFIC CODE)

5888 Driver’s License Violations

5888 Driving without a license

5889 Driving with a delinquent, invalid, suspended, ineffectual or revoked


license

5890 Failure to show or surrender driver’s license

5891 Failure to carry a driver’s license

5892 Failure to sign a driver’s license

5893 Driving while under the influence of liquor or prohibited drugs

Salient features of R.A. No. 10586 and procedures during arrest of a driver:

23 Allowing an unlicensed/improperly licensed person to drive

24 Fake or counterfeit license

25 Allowing another person to use one’s license

26 Using a motor vehicle in the commission of a crime

27 A student driver operating a motor vehicle without being accompanied


by a licensed driver

28 Unlicensed conductor

29 Expired driver’s license

5888 Motor Vehicle Registration Violations

R.A. No. 4136, Sec. 5 - No motor vehicle shall be used or operated on or upon
any public highway of the Philippines unless the same is properly registered for
the current year in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

23 Unregistered Motor Vehicle – a motor vehicle which is not duly registered


with the Land Transportation Office (LTO).

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 23


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Example:

5888 Newly assembled motor vehicle from the factory

5889 Rebuilt motor vehicle from the motor shop

5890 Imported vehicle which is subject for custom duties

b. Delinquent Registration – a motor vehicle which is duly registered with the


LTO but the validity of the registration will expire within the current year.
The indication of registration of a motor vehicle relies on the LTO validating
sticker. The registration of the motor vehicle corresponds to the assigned
plate number.

The Last Digit is the allowable renewal month of registration of a motor


vehicle:

1 - January 6 - June
2 - February 7 - July
3 - March 8 - August
4 - April 9 - September
5 - May 0 - October

The Middle Digit is the assigned week of registration of the motor


vehicle.
1, 2, 3 – First week of the month

4, 5, 6 – Second week of the month


7, 8 – Third week of the month
9, 0 – Fourth week of the month

23 Unauthorized change of color or configuration

24 Unregistered substitute or replacement engine

Note: The above violations should have a motor vehicle clearance from
the Highway Patrol Group.

25 Operating/allowing the operation of a motor vehicle with a suspended/


revoked certificate

24 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

5888 Parking Violations

R.A. No. 4136, Sec. 46 - For the purposes of this Act, shall mean that a motor
vehicle is ―parked‖ or ―parking‖ if it has been brought to a stop on the shoulder
or proper edge of a highway, and remains inactive in that place or close thereto
for an appreciable period of time. A motor vehicle which properly stops merely to
discharge a passenger or to take in a waiting passenger, or to load or unload a
small quantity of freight with reasonable dispatch shall not be considered as
―parked‖, if the motor vehicle again moves away without delay.

23 Parking within an intersection

24 Parking on a crosswalk/pedestrian lane

25 Parking within six (6) meters of the intersection of curb lines

26 Parking within four (4) meters of the driveway entrance to any fire station

27 Parking within four (4) meters of a fire hydrant

28 Parking in front of a private driveway

29 Double parking

30 Parking at any place where official signs ―Prohibited Parking‖ are posted

5888 Moving Traffic Violation

5888 Reckless Driving - disregard of the safety of others

5889 Illegal turn – disregard of this sign poses danger to other motorist.

5890 Driving against traffic – one of the most dangerous behavior of a


driver.

5891 Illegal Overtaking

5888 Overtaking at unsafe distance

5889 Cutting an overtaken vehicle

5890 Failure to give way to an overtaking vehicle

5891 Increasing speed when being overtaken before the overtaking


vehicle has completely passed

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 25


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

23 Overtaking when left side is not visible or clear of the incoming traffic

24 Overtaking on a crest of a grade

25 Overtaking on a curve

26 Overtaking at a railway grade crossing

27 Overtaking in an intersection

28 Overtaking between ―MEN WORKING‖ or ―CAUTION‖ sign

29 Overtaking in a ―NO OVERTAKING‖ zone

REPUBLIC ACT NO. 4136 (LAND TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC CODE)

Section 39. Overtaking a vehicle. The driver of any motor vehicle overtaking
another vehicle proceeding in the same direction shall pass at a safe distance to the
left thereof, and shall not again drive to the right side of the highway until safety clear
of such overtaken vehicle except that on a highway, within a business or residential
district, having two or more lanes for the movement of traffic in one direction, the
driver of a vehicle may overtake and pass another vehicle on the right. Nothing in this
Section shall be construed to prohibit a driver overtaking and passing, upon the right,
another vehicle which is making or about to make a left turn.

Section 40. Driver to give way to overtaking vehicle. The driver of a vehicle
about to be overtaken and passed by another vehicle approaching from the rear shall
give way to the overtaking vehicle on suitable and audible signal being given by the
driver of the overtaking vehicle, and shall not increase the speed of his vehicle until
completely passed by the overtaking vehicle.

Section 41. Restrictions on overtaking and passing.

5888 The driver of a vehicle shall not drive to the left side of the center line of
a highway in overtaking or passing another vehicle proceeding in the same
direction, unless such left side is clearly visible, and is free of incoming traffic
for a sufficient distance ahead to permit such overtaking or passing to be
made in safety.

5889 The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass another vehicle
proceeding in the same direction, when approaching the crest of a grade, not
upon a curve in the highway, where the driver’s view along the highway is
obstructed within a distance of five hundred feet ahead, except on a highway
having two or more lanes for movement of traffic in one direction where the driver
of a vehicle

26 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

may overtake or pass another vehicle. Provided, that on a highway within a


business or residential district, having two or more lanes for movement of
traffic in one direction, the driver of a vehicle may overtake or pass another
vehicle on the right.

23 The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass any other vehicle proceeding
in the same direction, at any railway grade crossing, not at any intersection of
highways unless such intersection or crossing is controlled by traffic signal, or
unless permitted to do so by a watchman or a peace officer, except on a
highway having two or more lanes for movement of traffic in one direction
where the driver of a vehicle may overtake or pass another vehicle on the
right. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to prohibit a driver overtaking
or passing upon the right another vehicle which is making or about to make a
left turn.

24 The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass, or attempt to pass, any other
vehicle, proceeding in the same direction, between any points indicated by the
placing of official temporary warning or caution signs indicating that men are
working on the highway.

25 The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass, or attempt to overtake or


pass, any other vehicle proceeding in the same direction in any ―no-passing
or overtaking zone.‖

Section 42. Right-of-Way

5888 When two vehicles approach or enter an intersection at approximately the


same time, the driver of the vehicle on the left shall yield the right-of-way to the
vehicle on the right, except as otherwise hereinafter provided the driver of any
vehicle traveling at an unlawful speed shall forfeit any right-of-way which might
otherwise have hereunder.

5889 The driver of a vehicle approaching but not having entered an intersection,
shall yield the right-of-way to a vehicle within such intersection or turning therein
to the left across the line of travel of such first-mentioned vehicle, provided the
driver of the vehicle turning left has given a plainly visible signal of intention
to turn as required in this R.A. No. 4136. The driver of any vehicle upon a
highway within a business or residential district shall yield the right-of-way to a
pedestrian crossing such highway within a crosswalk, except at intersections
where the movement of traffic is being regulated by a peace officer or by traffic
signal.

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 27


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Every pedestrian crossing a highway within a business or residential


district, at any point other than a crosswalk, shall yield the right-of-way to
vehicles upon the highway.

23 The driver of a vehicle upon a highway shall bring to a full stop such vehicle
before traversing any ―through highway‖ or railroad crossing, provided that
when it is apparent that no hazard exists, the vehicle may be slowed down to
five miles per hour instead of bringing it to a full stop.

LTO DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 2008-39

FTO’s Note: Provide each PT a copy of LTO Department Order No. 2008-39 for
this lecture. You can download it at www.lto.gov.ph.

REPUBLIC ACT NO. 10054

AN ACT MANDATING ALL MOTORCYCLE RIDERS TO WEAR STANDARD


PROTECTIVE MOTORCYCLE HELMETS WHILE DRIVING AND PROVIDING
PENALTIES THEREFOR

Section 3. Mandatory Use of Motorcycle Helmets. All motorcycle riders, including


drivers and back riders, shall at all times wear standard protective motorcycle helmets
while driving, whether long or short drives, in any type of road and highway. Standard
protective motorcycle helmets are appropriate types of helmets for motorcycle riders that
comply with the specifications issued by the Department of Trade and Industry.

Section 4. Exemption. Drivers of tricycles shall be exempted from complying


with the mandatory wearing of motorcycle helmets as provided in R.A. No. 10054.

REPUBLIC ACT NO. 8750

AN ACT REQUIRING THE MANDATORY COMPLIANCE BY MOTORISTS OF


PRIVATE AND PUBLIC VEHICLES TO USE SEAT BELT DEVIC ES, AND
REQUIRING VEHICLE MANUFACTURERS TO INSTALL SEAT BELT DEVICES IN
ALL THEIR MANUFACTURED VEHICLES

Section 4. Mandatory Use of Seat Belts. For their own safety, the driver and
front seat passengers of a public or private motor vehicle are required to wear or use
their seat belt devices while inside a vehicle of running engine on any road or
thoroughfare, provided, that for private vehicles, except for jeeps, vans, buses and
such other private vehicles as may be determined in the Implementing Rules and

28 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Regulations (IRR), front and back seat passengers are likewise required to use their
seat belt devices at all times.

In the case of public motor vehicles, the driver shall be required to immediately
inform and require the front seat passengers upon boarding a vehicle of running
engine to wear the prescribed seat belts. Any passenger who refuses to wear seat
belts shall not be allowed to continue his/her trip.

For special public service vehicles such as school services and other similar
vehicles as may be determined by the IRR, seat belt devices should be provided and
used by both drivers and front seat passengers as defined herein and the first row
passengers immediately behind the driver at all times while inside a vehicle of
running engine.

Section 5. Children Prohibited to Sit in Front Seat. Infants and/or children with
ages six (6) years and below shall be prohibited to sit in the front seat of any running
motor vehicle.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1

FTO’s Note:
.

Question :

Figure 1:

Figure 2:

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 29


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Figure 3:

Figure 4:

Figure 5:

Figure 6:

Figure 7:

30 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Answer Key : Figure 1. )

Act.)
Figure 2.

Figure 3. c)
Figure 4. t)

Figure 5. hicle
Figure 6. et)

Figure 7. ehicle

FTO’s Note: Introduce the selected topics to be studied by the PTs during the
study period:
5888 Basic types of traffic sign; and
5889 Common types of collision.

“If you are a believer, believe not in the believers who believe in you
But the unbelievers who don’t believe in the belief you believe”
― Rhymesonny

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 31


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MODULE II SLIDES

Motor Vehicle
REPUBLIC •  shall mean any vehicle propelled by any pow er
other than muscular pow er using the public
ACT No. 4136 highw ays, but excepting road rollers, trolley
cars, street-s w eep ers, sprinklers, law n mow
ers, bulldozers, graders, fork-lifts, amphibian
trucks, and cranes if not used on public highw
ays, vehicles w hich run only on rails or tracks,
and tractors, trailers and traction engines of all
kinds used exclusively for agricultural purposes.

1 2

Passenger automobiles
23   having any number of wheels, when 23   shall mean all pneumatic-tire vehicles of
propelled or intended to be propelled by types similar to those usually known under
attachment to a motor vehicle, shall be the following terms: touring car, command
classified as separate motor vehicle car, speedster, sports car, roadster, jeep,
with no power rating. cycle, car (except motor wheel and similar
small outfits which are classified with
motorcycles), coupe, landaulet, closed
car, limousine, cabriolet, and sedan.

3 4

5888  Motor vehicles with changed or rebuilt 5888   The distinction between "passenger truck"
bodies, such as jeepneys, jitneys, or and "passenger automobile" shall be that of
station wagons, using a chassis of common usage: Provided, That a motor
the usual pneumatic-tire passenger vehicle registered for more than nine
automobile type, shall also be classified as passengers shall be classified as "truck":
passenger automobile, if their net allowable And Provided, further, That a "truck with
carrying capacity, as determined seating compartments at the back not
by the Commissioner of Land used for hire shall be registered under
Transportation, does not exceed nine special "S" classifications. In case of
passengers and if they are not used dispute, the Commissioner of Land
primarily for carrying freight Transportation shall determine the
or merchandise. classification to which any special type
of motor vehicle belongs.

5 6

32 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Driver
23   shall mean any motor vehicle with a 5888   shall mean every and any
trailer licensed operator of a motor vehicle
having no front axle and so attached that
part of the trailer rests upon motor vehicle
and a substantial part of the weight of
the trailer and of its load is borne by the
motor vehicle. Such a trailer shall be
called as "semi-trailer."

7 8

Professional driver Owner


23   shall mean every and any 5888   shall mean the actual legal
driver hired or paid for driving or owner of a motor vehicle, in whose name
operating a motor vehicle, whether for such vehicle is duly registered with the
private use or for hire to the public Land Transportation Commission.
5889   The "owner" of a government-
owned motor vehicle is the head of the
office or
the chief of the Bureau to which the
said motor vehicle belongs.

9 10

Garage
•  shall mean every person, association, partnership, 23   shall mean any building in which two
or corporation making, manufacturing, constructing, or more motor vehicles, either with or without
assembling, remodeling, rebuilding, or setting up
drivers, are kept ready for hire to the
motor vehicles; and every such entity acting as
public, but shall not include street stands,
agent for the sale of one or more makes, styles, or
kinds of motor vehicles, dealing in motor vehicles, public service stations, or other public
keeping the same in stock or selling same or places designated by proper authority as
handling w ith a view to trading same. parking spaces for motor vehicles for hire
while awaiting or soliciting business

11 12

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 33


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Parking or parked
5888   shall mean every public thoroughfare, •  for the purposes of this Act, shall mean that a motor
vehicle is "parked" or "parking" if it has been brought
public boulevard, driveway, avenue, park, to a stop on the shoulder or proper edge of a highw
alley and callejon, but shall not include ay, and remains inactive in that place or close thereto
roadway upon grounds owned by for an appreciable period of time. A motor vehicle w
private persons, colleges, universities, hich properly stops merely to discharge a passenger
or to take in a w aiting passenger, or to load or unload
or other similar institutions. a small quantity of freight w ith reasonable dispatch
shall not be considered as "parked", if the motor
vehicle again moves aw ay w ithout delay.

13 14

Section 5. All motor vehicles and •  (c) Dealer's reports - The Commissioner of Land Transportation
shall require dealers to furnish him with such information and reports
other vehicles must be registered. concerning the sale, importation, manufacture, number of stocks,
transfer or other transactions affecting motor vehicles as may be
•  (a) No motor vehicle shall be used or operated on or upon any necessary for the effective enforcement of the provisions of this Act.
public highway of the Philippines unless the same is properly •  (d) Change of motor number prohibited. - No repair or change in the
registered for the current year in accordance with the provisions of
this Act. motor vehicle involving the exchange, elimination, effacing, or
•  (b) Any registration of motor vehicles not renewed on or before the replacing of the original or registered serial or motor number as
date fixed for different classifications, as provided hereunder stamped or imprinted, shall be allowed, and any motor vehicle with a
shall trace of having its motor number altered or tampered with shall be
become delinquent and invalid: refused registration or re-registration, unless such is satisfactorily
•  1. For hire motor vehicles - on or before the last working day of explained and approved by the Commissioner.
February.
•  2. Privately-owned motor vehicles - from March one to the last
working day of May.
•  3. All other motor vehicles - from J une one to the l ast working day of
June; except when the plates of suc h motor vehicles ar e returned
to the Commission in Quezon City or to the Office of the Motor
Vehicles Registrar in the provincial or city agency of the Commission
on or before the last working day of December of the year of issue

15 16

•  (e) Encumbrances of motor vehicles. - Mortgages, attachments, and


other encumbrances of motor vehicles, in order to be valid, must be Section 15. Use and authority of
recorded in the Land Transportation Commission and must be
properly recorded on the face of all outstanding copies of the certificate of registration.
certificates of registration of the vehicle concerned. •  (a) The said certificate shall be preserved and carried in the car by
•  Cancellation or foreclosure of such mortgages, attachments, and the owner as evidence of the registration of the motor vehicle
described therein, and shall be presented with subsequent
other encumbrances shall likewise be recorded, and in the applications for re-registration, transfer of ownership, or recording of
absence of such cancellation, no certificate of registration shall be encumbrances: Provided, That in lieu of the certificate of registration
issued without the corresponding notation of mortgage, attachment a true copy or photostat thereof may be carried in the motor vehicle.
and/or other encumbrances. •  (b) The certificate of registration issued under the provisions of this
•  Records of encumbrances of motor vehicles shall be kept by the Act for any motor vehicle shall, while the same is valid and effective
and has not been suspended or revoked, be the authority for the
Land Transportation Commission in chronological sequence and operation of such motor vehicle.
shall contain, among other things, the time, date and number of •  (c) No motor vehicle shall be operated on the public highways in a
the entry in a "Book of Motor Vehicles" referring to the creation, manner which would place it under a classification requiring the
cancellation or foreclosure of the aforesaid mortgages, payment of a larger registration fee than that stated in the certificate
attachments or to other encumbrances. of registration
•  The Land Transportation Commission shall collect a fee of five
pesos for every annotation of a mortgage, attachment and/or
other encumbrances, or cancellation thereof.

17 18

34 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Section 19. Duty to procure


license
•  At all times, ev ery motor vehicle shall display in •  Except as otherw ise specifically provided in
conspicuous places, one in f ront and one in the rear this Act, no person shall operate any motor
thereof , the said number plates.
•  The number plates shall be kept clean and cared f or, and vehicle w ithout first procuring a license to
shall be f irmly affixed to the motor v ehicle in such a drive a motor vehicle for the current year, nor
manner as will make it entirely v isible and alway s legible. w hile such license is delinquent, invalid,
•  Except in the case of dealer's number plates which may suspended or revoked.
be used successiv ely on v arious motor v ehicles in stock,
no person shall transf er number plates f rom motor •  The license shall be carried by the driver at all
v ehicle to another. times w hen operating a motor vehicle, and
•  No dealer's number plate shall be used on any motor shall be show n and/or surrendered for cause
v ehicle af ter said v ehicle has been sold and deliv ered to
a purchaser, and no dealer shall allow such dealer's and upon demand to any person w ith authority
number plates to be used on any motor v ehicle af ter its under this Act to confiscate the same.
sale and deliv ery to a purchaser

19 20

Section 20. License for enlisted men Section 21. Operation of motor
operating Government motor vehicles vehicles by tourists
•  Enlisted men operating a motor vehicle owned •  Bona f ide tourist and similar transients who are duly
by the Government of the Philippines shall be licensed to operate motor v ehicles in their respectiv e
licensed in accordance w ith the provisions of countries may be allowed to operate motor v ehicles
this during but not af ter ninety day s of their sojourn in the
Act, but no license or delinquency fees shall be Philippines.
collected therefrom. All licenses so issued shall •  If any accident inv olving such tourist or transient occurs,
which upon inv estigation by the Commissioner or his
bear the w ords "For Government Vehicles deputies indicates that the said tourist or transient is
Only" plainly marked or stamped in red ink incompetent to operate motor v ehicles, the
across the face thereof. Commissioner shall immediately inf orm the said tourist
•  A license so marked or stamped shall or transient in writing that he shall no longer be permitted
authorize the holder thereof to operate a to operate a motor v ehicle.
•  Af ter ninety day s, any tourist or transient desiring to
private-ow ned motor vehicle. operate motor v ehicles shall pay f ees and obtain and
carry a license as hereinaf ter prov ided.

22
21

Section 24. Use of driver's license Section 29. Confiscation of driver's


and badge licenses
5888   It shall be unlawful for any duly •  - Law enf orcement and peace of f icers duly designated
by the Commissioner shall, in apprehending any driv er f
licensed driver to transfer, lend or or v iolations of this Act or of any regulations issued
otherwise allow pursuant thereto, or of local traf f ic rules and regulations,
conf iscate the license of the driv er concerned and issue
any person to use his license for a receipt prescribed and issued by the Commission theref
the purpose of enabling such or which shall authorize the driv er to operate a motor v
ehicle f or a period not exceeding sev enty -two hours f
person to operate a motor vehicle. rom the time and date of issue of said receipt. The period
so f ixed in the receipt shall not be extended, and shall
5889   No owner of a motor vehicle shall become inv alid thereaf ter. Failure of the driv er to settle
engage, employ, or hire any person to his case within f if teen day s from the date of
apprehension will cause suspension and rev ocation of his
operate such motor vehicle, unless the license.
person
sought to be employed is a duly
licensed professional driver. 24

23
MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 35
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Section 30. Student-driver's Section 31. Imitation and false


permit representations
•  Upon proper application and the payment of three pesos, the Commissioner
or his deputy may issue studen t- d ri v er ' s permits, valid for six months to persons not
•  - No person shall make or use attempt to make or use a
under eighteen years of age, who desire to learn to operate motor vehicles. No driv er's license, badge, certif icate of registration, number
application for driver's license shall be received unless the applicant has undergone
instruction in the operation of motor vehicles
plate, tag, or permit in imitation or similitude of those
for at least a month and has a valid studen t - dr i ve r' s permit: Provided, however, issued under this Act, or intended to be used as or f or a
That any person who has a license to operate vehicles in other
countries may, upon prese n ta ti o n of appropriate evidence of such
legal license, badge, certif icate, plate, tag or permit, or
license, be allowed to pay for a driver's license without presenting a with intent to sell or otherwise dispose of the same to
student driver's permit. another. No person shall f alsely or f raudulently represent
•  A student driver who fails in the exami n a ti o n shall continue as a student
driver for at least one additional month. No student driver shall operate
as v alid and in f orce any driv er's license, badge,
a motor vehicle unless acco m p a ni e d by a duly licensed driver. certif icate, plate, tag or permit issued under this Act
•  The licensed driver acting as instructor to the student driver shall likewise which is delinquent or which has been rev oked or
be responsible and liable for any violation of the provisions of this Act
and for any injury or damage done by the motor vehicle on account or as suspended.
a result of its operation by a student under his direction. •  No person shall, knowingly and with intent to deceiv e,
make one or more f alse or f raudulent statements in an
application f or the registration of v ehicles, or f or a driv
er's license

25 26

Section 34.- Accessories •  (b-1) Horns. - Every motor vehicle shall be provided with a horn or
signalling devise in good working order: Provided, however, That no horn

of Motor Vehicle or signalling device emitting an exceptionally loud, startling, or


disagreeable sound shall be installed or used on any motor vehicle.
•  (a) Tires of motor vehicles. - No motor vehicle with metallic tires shall On January 13, 1973, Presidential Decree No. 96
be operated upon any public highway, and solid tires whenever was issued declaring it unlawful for any owner or
used shall be of sufficient thickness to prevent the metal rims possessor of any motor vehicle to use or attach to
thereof from coming in direct contact with the road. his vehicle any siren, bell, horn, whistle or
•  (b) Brakes - Every motor vehicle with four or more wheels shall be similar gadgets that produce exceptionally loud or
provided with dual hydraulic brake system so that in case of
hydraulic line failure affecting the braking efficiency of any of the starting sounds, including domelights, blinkers
four wheels at least either the front or rear wheels shall retain and other similar signaling or flashing devices
normal braking capabilities. In the absence of such dual braking
system every motor vehicle with four or more wheels shall be •  All authorized emergency vehicles, such as ambulance and police
provided with safety valve devices of such design and make so cars and fire wagons used for emergency calls shall be equipped
that failure of the hydraulic braking system of the vehicle because with a bell, siren, or exhaust whistle of a type approved by the
of leakage in the line of other parts of the system will not affect all Commissioner, and no such device shall be installed or used in any
wheels but rather render at all times effective the braking power of
either the two front wheels or the two rear wheels when brakes are other vehicle.
applied. This requirement, however, does not apply to motor •  No vehicle not classified as a motor vehicle under this Act shall be
vehicles equipped with pneumatic braking system. equipped with a horn or signaling device similar to the horn
customarily used on motor vehicles

27 28

•  Headlights. - Every motor vehicle of more than one meter of projected •  (d) Taillights. - Ev ery motor v ehicle and trailer shall,
width, while in use on any public highway shall bear two during the abov e-mentioned hours, also bear on each
headlights, one on each side, with white or yellowish light visible from
side in the rear a lamp showing a red light v isible at least
the front, which, not later than one-half hour after sunset and
until at least one-half four before sunrise and whenever one hundred meters f rom the rear of the v ehicle and a
weather conditions so require, shall both be lighted. lamp throwing a white light upon the number plate issued f
•  Additional lamps and light may be carried, but no red lights shall be or such v ehicle.
visible forward or ahead of the vehicle. Trucks, buses, trailers, and other •  (e) Stop lights. - Ev ery motor v ehicle shall be equipped at the
similar vehicles must carry, while in use on any public highway
rear with at least one lamp which shall throw a sustained bright
during night-time, colored riding lights on each of the four corners
not more than ten centimeters from the top. red light v isible under all conditions,
•  All motor vehicles shall be equipped with devices for varying the ev en under bright sunlight, when the brakes are applied.
intensity of light, and the driver must dim the headlights or tilt the beams Each bus, truck, trailer or similar v ehicle shall be
downward whenever the vehicle is being operated on well-lighted equipped, as its stop light at or near its rear center, with a
streets within the limits of cities, municipalities, and thickly
lamp at least twelv e centimeters in diameter with the
populated barrios or districts, or whenever such vehicle
meets another vehicle on any public highway. word "stop" inscribed in the center.

29 30

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


36
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  (f) Motorc ycle and other vehicle lights. - Ever y motor vehicle of l ess •  (h) Windshield w iper. - Every motor vehicle shall be
than one meter of projected width shall be subject to the preceding
provisions of this secti on, exc ept that one headlight and one equipped w ith a mechanically or electrically operated
taillight shall be required. No signal light shall be necessary. device for w iping off raindrops or other moisture from
•  Additional lamps may be carried provided they comply with the its front w indshield.
preceding provisions of this section.
•  Every motor vehicle, or whatever style, kind, make, character, or nature, •  (i) Use of red flag. - Whenever the load of any
when upon a highway during the hours above-mentioned, whether in vehicle extends more than one meter beyond
motion or not, shall have one or more lights so arranged
that the same shall be visible at least fifty meters from the front the bed or body thereof, there shall be displayed
and the rear of such vehicle. at every projecting end of such load a red flag
•  (g) Lights when parked or disabled. - Appropriate parking lights or not less than thirty centimeters both in length
flares visible one hundred meters away shall be displayed at a
corner of the vehicle whenever such vehicle is parked on
and w idth, except that during the hours fixed
highways or in places that are not well-lighted or is placed in such under subsection (c), there shall be displayed, in
manner as to endanger passing traffic.
lieu of the required red flags, red lights visible at
least fifty meters aw ay.

31 32

5888   (j) Mufflers. - Every motor Section 35. Restriction as to


vehicle propelled by an internal speed. -
combustion
•  (a) Any person driving a motor vehicle on a
engine shall be equipped with a muffler, highw ay shall drive the same at a careful and
and whenever said motor vehicle passes prudent speed, not greater nor less than is
through a street of any city, municipality, reasonable and proper, having due regard for
or thickly populated district or barrio, the the traffic, the w idth of the highw ay, and of any
other condition then and there existing; and no
muffler shall not be cut out or person shall drive any motor vehicle upon a
disconnected. No motor vehicle shall be highw ay at such a speed as to endanger the
operated in such a manner as to cause life, limb and property of any person, nor at a
it to emit or make any unnecessary or speed greater than w ill permit him to bring the
vehicle to a stop w ithin the assured clear
disagreeable odor, smoke or noise distance ahead.

34
33

•  MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SPEEDS (Passengers Exemption


Cars and Motorcy cleMotor trucks and buses)
•  1. On open country roads, with no "blinds corners" not •  (1) A physician or his driver when the former responds to emergency
closely bordered by habitations.80 km. per hour50 km. calls;
per hour •  (2) The driver of a hospital ambulance on the way to and from the
place of accident or other emergency;
•  2. On "through streets" or boulev ards, clear of traf f ic, •  (3) Any driver bringing a wounded or sick person for emergency
with no " blind corners," when so designated.40 km. per treatment to a hospital, clinic, or any other similar place;
•  (4) The driver of a motor vehicle belonging to the Armed Forces
hour30 km. per hour while in use for official purposes in times of riot, insurrection or
invasion;
•  3. On city and municipal streets, with light traf f ic, when
•  (5) The driver of a vehicle, when he or his passengers are in pursuit
not designated "through streets".30 km. per hour30 km. of a criminal;
per hour •  (6) A law-enforcement officer who is trying to overtake a violator of
traffic laws; and
•  4. Through crowded streets, approaching intersections at •  (7) The driver officially operating a motor vehicle of any fire
"blind corners," passing school zones, passing other department, provided that exemption shall not be construed to allow
unless or unnecessary fast driving of drivers aforementioned
v ehicles which are stationery , or f or similar
dangerous circumstances.20 km. per hour.

35 36

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 37


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Section 36. Speed limits uniform Section 37. Driving on right side of
throughout the Philippines highway
5888   No provincial, city or municipal •  Unless a different course of action is required in the
interest of the safety and the security of life,
authority shall enact or enforce any person or property, or because of unreasonable
ordinance or difficulty of operation in compliance herew ith,
every person operating a motor vehicle or an
resolution specifying maximum animal-draw n vehicle on a highw ay shall pass
allowable speeds other than those to the right w hen meeting persons or vehicles
provided in this Act. coming tow ard him, and to the left w hen
overtaking persons or vehicles going the same
direction, and w hen turning to the left in going from
one highw ay to another, every vehicle shall
be conducted to the right of the center of
the intersection of the highw ay

37 38

Section 39. Overtaking a Section 40. Driver to give way to


vehicle. overtaking vehicle
•  The driver of any motor vehicle overtaking another 23   The driver of a vehicle about to be
vehicle proceeding in the same direction
shall pass at a safe distance to the left thereof, and overtaken and passed by another vehicle
shall not again drive to the right side of the approaching from the rear shall give way
highw ay until safety clear of such overtaken
vehicle except that on a highw ay, w ithin a to the overtaking vehicle on suitable and
business or residential district, having tw o or audible signal being given by the driver of
more lanes for the movement of traffic in one
direction, the driver of a vehicle may overtake and
the overtaking vehicle, and shall not
pass another vehicle on the right. Nothing in increase the speed of his vehicle
this section shall be construed to prohibit a driver until completely passed by the
overtaking and passing, upon the right, another
vehicle w hich is making or about to make a overtaking vehicle.
left turn.

39 40

Section 41. Restrictions on •  (c) The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass any other
vehicle proceeding in the same direction, at any railway grade

overtaking and passing. crossing, not at any intersection of highways unless such
intersection or crossing is controlled by traffic signal, or unless permitted
•  (a)The driver of a vehicle shall not drive to the left side of the to do so by a watchman or a peace officer, except on a highway having
center line of a highway in overtaking or passing another vehicle two or more lanes for movement of traffic in one direction where the
proceeding in the same direction, unless such left side is clearly driver of a vehicle may overtake or pass another
visible, and is free of oncoming traffic for a sufficient distance
ahead to permit such overtaking or passing to be made in safety. vehicle on the right. Nothing in this section shall be construed to
prohibit a driver overtaking or passing upon the right another
•  (b) The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass another vehicle vehicle which is making or about to make a left turn.
proceeding in the same direction, when approaching the crest of a •  (d) The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass, or attempt to pass,
grade, not upon a curve in the highway, where the driver's view
along the highway is obstructed within a distance of five hundred any other vehicle, proceeding in the same direction, between any points
feet ahead, except on a highway having two or more lanes for indicated by the placing of official temporary warning or caution signs
movement of traffic in one direction where the driver of a vehicle indicating that men are working on the highway.
may overtake or pass another vehicle: Provided, That on a highway
within a business or residential district, having two or more lanes for •  (e) The driver of a vehicle shall not overtake or pass, or attempt to
movement of traffic in one direction, the driver of a vehicle may overtake or pass, any other vehicle proceeding in the same
overtake or pass another vehicle on the right. direction in any "no-passing or overtaking zone."

41 42

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


38
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

23   (b) The driver of a vehicle


Section 42. Right of way. approaching but not having entered an
intersection, shall
5888   (a) When two vehicles approach or yield the right of way to a vehicle within
enter an intersection at approximately the such intersection or turning therein to the
same left across the line of travel of such first-
time, the driver of the vehicle on the left mentioned vehicle, provided the driver
shall yield the right of way to the vehicle on of the vehicle turning left has given a
the right, except as otherwise hereinafter plainly visible signal of intention to turn
provided. The driver of any vehicle traveling as required in this Act.
at an unlawful speed shall forfeit any right of
way which he might otherwise have hereunder.

43 44

5888   c) The driver of any vehicle upon 23   (d) The driver of a vehicle upon a
a highway within a business or residential highway
district shall yield the right of way to a shall bring to a full stop such vehicle
pedestrian crossing such highway within a before traversing any "through highway" or
crosswalk, except at intersections where the railroad crossing: Provided, That when it is
movement of traffic is being regulated apparent that no hazard exists, the vehicle
by a peace officer or by traffic signal. may be slowed down to five miles per hour
Every pedestrian crossing a highway instead of bringing it to a full stop.
within a business or residential district,
at any point other than a crosswalk
shall yield the right of way to vehicles
upon the highway.

45
46

Section 43. Exception to the right


23   (b) The driver of a vehicle upon a
of way rule. highway
23   (a) The driver of a vehicle shall yield the right of way to police or fire
entering a highway from a private road department vehicles and ambulances
or drive shall yield the right of way to all when such vehicles are operated on
vehicles approaching on such highway. official business and the drivers thereof
sound audible signal of their approach.

47 48

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 39


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  c) The driver of a vehicle entering a "through Section 44. Signals on starting,


highw ay" or a "stop intersection" shall yield the
right of w ay to all vehicles approaching to either stopping or turning
direction on such "through highw ay": Provided, •  a) The driver of any vehicle upon a highw ay, before
That nothing in this subsection shall be construed starting, stopping or turning from a direct line, shall
as relieving the driver of any vehicle being first see that such movement can be made in safety,
operated on a "through highw ay" from the duty of and if any pedestrian may be affected by such
driving w ith due regard for the safety of vehicles movement, shall give a clearly audible signal by
sounding the horn, and
entering such "through highw ay" nor as protecting
w henever the operation of any other vehicle
the said driver from the consequence of an approaching or follow ing may be affected by such
arbitrary exercise off such right of w ay. movement, shall give a signal plainly visible
to the driver of such other vehicles of
the intention to make such movement.

49 50

23   (b) The signal herein required shall be Section 45. Turning at


given by means of extending the hand and intersections
arm beyond the left side of the vehicle, •  (a) The drive of a vehicle intending to run to the right at an
or by an approved mechanical or intersection shall approach such intersection in the lane for traffic
nearest to the right-hand side of the highway and, in turning,
electrical signal device. shall keep as close as possible to the right-hand curb or edge of
the highway.
•  (b) The driver of a vehicle intending to turn to the left shall approach
such intersection in the lane for traffic to the right of and nearest to
the center line of the highway, and, in turning, shall pass to the left
of the center of the intersection, except that, upon highways laned
for traffic and upon one-way highways, a left turn shall be made from
the left lane of traffic in the direction in which the vehicle is
proceeding.
•  (c) For the purpose of this section, the center of the intersection
shall mean the meeting point of the medial lines of the highways
intersecting one another, except when it is occupied by a
monument, grass plot or any permanent structure, other than traffic
control device.

51 52

Section 46. Parking prohibited in Section 47. Parked vehicle


specified places
•  No driver shall park a vehicle, or permit it to stand, whether attended or
unattended, upon a highway in any of the following places:
23   Whenever a motor vehicle is
parked unattended on any highway, the
•  (a) Within an intersection
•  (b) On a crosswalk driver
• 
• 
(c) Within six meters of the intersection of curb lines.
(d) Within four meters of the driveway entrance to and fire station.
thereof must turn off the ignition
•  (e) Within four meters of fire hydrant switch and stop the motor and notch
•  (f) In front of a private driveway
•  (g) On the roadway side of any vehicle stopped or parked at the effectively the hand brake.
curb or edge of the highway
•  (h) At any place where official signs have been erected prohibiting
parking.

53
54

40 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Section 49. Right of way for police


Section 48. Reckless driving
and other emergency vehicles
•  No person shall operate a motor vehicle •  - Upon the approach of any police or fire
on any highway recklessly or without department vehicle, or of an ambulance giving
reasonable caution considering the audible signal, the driver of every other vehicle
width, traffic, grades, crossing, shall immediately drive the same to a position
curvatures, visibility and other as near as possible and parallel to the right-
conditions of the highway and the hand edge or curb of the highw ay, clear of any
conditions of the atmosphere and intersection of highw ays, and shall stop and
weather, or so as to endanger the remain in such position, unless otherw ise
property or the safety or rights of any directed by a peace officer, until such vehicle
person or so as to cause excessive or shall have passed.
unreasonable damage to the highway.

55 56

Section 51. Hitching to a Section 52. Driving or parking on


vehicle sidewalk
•  No person shall hang on to, ride on, the outside 23   No person shall drive or park a
or the rear end of any vehicle, and no person on motor vehicle upon or along any sidewalk,
a bicycle, roller skate or other similar device, path or alley not intended for vehicular traffic
shall hold fast to or hitch on to any moving
or parking.
vehicle, and no driver shall know ingly permit
any person to hang on to or ride, the outside or
rear end of his vehicle or allow any person on a
bicycle, roller skate or other similar device to
hold fast or hitch to his vehicle.

57
58

Section 54. Obstruction of


traffic
5888   No person shall drive his motor
23   No person shall drive a
vehicle in such a manner as to obstruct or
motor vehicle while under the
impede the passage of any vehicle, nor,
influence of liquor or narcotic drug.
while
discharging or taking on passengers or
loading or unloading freight, obstruct
the free passage of other vehicles on
the highway.

59 60

MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 41


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

except under any of the following


circumstances
•  In the event that any accident should 23   1. If he is in imminent danger of
occur as a result of the operation of a being seriously harmed by any person
motor vehicle upon a highway, the driver or persons by reason of the accident;
present, shall show his driver's license,
give his true name and address and also 24   2. If he reports the accident to the
the true name and address of the owner nearest officer of the law; or
of the motor vehicle. 25   3. If he has to summon a
•  No driver of a motor vehicle concerned in a physician or nurse to aid the victim
vehicular accident shall leave the scene of
the accident without aiding the victim

61 62

42 MODULE II FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE III : TRAFFIC INTERSECTION CONFLICTS, SIGNS
AND SYMBOLS
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 3

VENUE : Station’s Classroom / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Manila Paper
Extra Sheets of Paper
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Paper, flash drive, ballpen, pencil
TRAINING REFERENCES : Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)

Revised Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit Bragado


TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will provide the PTs with

the knowledge on the common traffic signs and


symbols and the ability to recognize the different
types of collision.

MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 43


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Enumerate the three (3) basic types of traffic sign:


23 Danger Warning Sign
24 Informative Sign
25 Mandatory Sign

T.O. #2 : Recognize the three (3) common types of collision:


23 Side swipe collision
24 Head-on collision
25 Rear-end collision

44 MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call As appropriate
(4:15 AM)
AM AM
Accounting
‡ Calisthenics/ Reason(s):
Warm-up Exercises/
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run
Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed
Cleaning CLEANING OF
Materials AOR/BREAKFAST Not Completed
Designation of AOR Clean-up
5:00 7:00 AOR Personal hygiene As appropriate
AM AM Availability and Wearing of prescribed Reason(s):
D AY 3

Distribution of uniform
Breakfast Breakfast: Prayer before
meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed
Sheet INSPECTION
(7:01 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Accounting Report
Rank Rank Inspection As appropriate
Inspection Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
(7:16 AM-7:45 Proper haircut
7:00 7:45 AM) Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM Defects Noted Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Mustache
Issue Finger nails
Delinquency
Report with
defects

MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 45


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Introduction to INTRODUCTION TO Completed


Traffic MODULE III:
Intersection TRAFFIC INTERSECTION Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Conflicts, Signs CONFLICTS, SIGNS AND
and Symbols SYMBOLS As appropriate
AM AM Invocation: Police Officer’s Reason(s):
Prayer Training
Goal Training
Objectives

Training VIDEO PRESENTATIONS #1 Completed


Manuscript for AND #2
Module III TOPIC PRESENTATION Not Completed
8:00 12:00 As appropriate
AND DISCUSSION
AM NN
‡ Common Traffic Signs
Reason(s):

‡ Types of Collision

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch ‡ Prayer before meal
12:00 1:00 Mess Kits Not Completed
Venue for
NN PM Lunch As appropriate
Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for Roll Roll Call Formation/
Call Formation
‡ Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Attendance in the
PM PM Afternoon As appropriate
Reason(s):

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


1:15 1:30 Prior to dispatch for PE
Not Completed
PM PM As appropriate
Reason(s):

Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1 Completed


AOR Map Identification of the Road
Not Completed
Conflicts and Right-of-Way
1:30 4:45 Rule As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

46 MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
4:45 5:00 day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
PM PM Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our Father)
Concerns Reason(s):
Open Forum
Guidance
Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed
personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00 As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
6:00 7:00 Mess Kits Not Completed
Venue for
PM PM Dinner As appropriate
Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


7:00 9:00 studies
Not Completed
PM PM As appropriate
Reason(s):

Attendance FORM ATIO N Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to Sleep
(TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issuance of
Delinquency
Report

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed
As appropriate
9:30 AM
Reason(s):
PM (next
day)

MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 47


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module III
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
TRAFFIC INTERSECTION CONFLICTS AND SIGNS AND SYMBOLS

FTO’s Note: Start the training day with the POLICE OFFICER’S PRAYER to be
led by a PT. The same PT will deliver THE LORD’S PRAYER at the
end of the day. This should be done on a rotation basis.

GOAL

This module will provide you with the knowledge on the common traffic signs and
symbols and the ability to recognize the different types of collision.

OBJECTIVES

After this block of instruction, you will be able to:

T.O. #1: Enumerate the three (3) basic types of traffic sign:

23 Danger Warning Sign


24 Informative Sign
25 Mandatory Sign

T.O. #2: Recognize the three (3) common types of collision:

23 Side swipe collision


24 Head-on collision
25 Rear-end collision

VIDEO CLIP PRESENTATION

Present the following video clips:

Video Clip #1– Traffic Signs and Symbols

Video Clip #2 – Road Safety

48 MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER'S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SYMBOLS AND ROAD SAFETY

Traffic
$ traf f ic signs hav e important messages to conv ey; and D. Mandatory Signs - these are directional signs by which the drivers are
$ their shapes and colors carry the same meaning ev ery where. obliged to follow.

A.Dange r or Warning Signs - are intended to warn road-users


u ..., ··-- of a danger on the road and to
inform them od its nature

Shap e : Equilater al, triang ular with one si de horizontal

0 Color : Red

Shape : Round
Color : RedJW b i
u
B.Regulato ry Sig_ns- are intended

te
to inform road users of
special obligations.
E lnfonnative Signs - Informative signs are intended to guide road-
users while they are traveling and to provide
them with other useful information.

Danger or Warning Signs Danger or Warning Signs


Bi' & ' & &
INTERSECTION APPROA C H TO - APPRO A C H TO MERGING
AHEAD INTERSECTION ' INTERSECTION INTERS E CT IO

JA & & £
SIDE ROAD N

DANGEROUS BEND DANGEROUS LEFT BEND


DANGERO US RIGHT BEND

u
SWING BRIDGE TRAFF IC LIGHT ROAD WORKS PEDE S T RIA N
AHEAD

& &
CROS SING

DANGEROUS LEFT DOUBLE BEND DANGERO US


RIGHT DOUBLE BEND
ANIM AL CROS S ING ROAD NARRO W S ,UN E 1gBA D STEEP DESCE NT

Danger or Warning Signs


,.._
=@)
&£ NO RIGHT TURN NO U·TURN NO OVERTAKING SPEED LIMIT

A NO ENTRY FOR VEHICL E S NO BLOWING NO PARKING NO


ENTRY OF VEHICL E S

STEEP SLIPPERY RUNABOUT QUAY or RIVER


DESCENT ROAD AHEAD
I v

& £
TWO·WAY
..,
DANGER FROM 1
&
RAILRdAD
EXCEE DING 2 METERS WIDTH
NO ENTRY FOR VEHICLES
OF HORN
NO ENTRY OFVEHICLES
EXCEE DING 5 TONS
NO ENTRY OF VEHICLES

TRAFFIC FALLING ROCKS CROSSING

EXCEEDING 3.5 /rfETERS HEIGHT EXCEEDING A 2 TONS ONONE SIDE EXCEEDING 10 METERS IN LENGTH

MODULE Ill F I E L D T R A I N I N G P R 0 G R A M 149


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER'S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Regulatory Signs Informative Signs


Ii
a
.


..-.-
NO ENTRY NO ENTRY FO R CARS NO ENTRY PED EST RI A N CROSSIN

HOSPI TALSIGN IFIRST AID STATION

B m
Kl Ea
FO RJEEPNE Y • F gnfl%IE

\.1

BREAK D OWNSTATION
NO ENTRY NO ENTRY NO ENTRY
NOENTRY
HOTEL orMOTEL
FORMOTORCYCLE FO R TRICYCLE FO R BUS FO R TRUCK TELEPHONE
NO ENTRY NO L EFT TURN STEPPING FOR
RESTAURANT CAFETERIA STAR TI N G POINT FOR WALKING

RERESH M ENr=Tor
mPICNICSITE II

El Iii
B
JEEPN E Y STO P SIGN

FO
R PEDESTRIAN
NO ®NO ENTRY
a BUSSTOPSIGN

ANYTIME ANIM AL DRAWN VEHICLE

1. First Time Vehicle Rule .,.1 • .'


RIGHT-OF-WAY RUl:ES:

1 .- i."'--! ·;;.· r..(, 23 Sam e Time Vehicle Rule


- -·-At al mtersections wH'hout ' shl p" sigHs , slow · At allmtersections without "s op• or "y ield" signs (or with
dow n and prepare to stop. Yield to vehicles stops in all directions). Yield to the v ehicle on
_ already in the intersection or about to enter it. y our right if it has reached the intersection of
I.00 1111 1 V .;) same time as y our v ehicle.

-=- RIGHT-OF-WAY RULES:r;;- ... RIGHT-OF-WAY RULES:--.


23 Stop Signs 23 LeftTurn
Signal left tum and yield to approaching traffic
until it is completely safe to finish the
I oo turn .

60 I MODULE Ill FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

THREE (3) COMMON TYPES OF COLLISION

23 Side swipe collision


24 Head-on collision
25 Rear-end collision

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1

FTO Instructions:

23 rotonda.

24 tivities.

25 conducted.

26 below:

MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 51


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Right-of-Way Rule Violations


Plate Number First Time Same Stop Left Turn Rotonda
Vehicle Time Signs
Rule Vehicle
Rule
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

23 List Rules.

24 nees.

25 paper.

26 violations.

FTO Responsibilities:

23 Shall be responsible for the safety and security of all PTs.

24 Shall be responsible in preparing the ideal venue of the activity.

25 Shall strictly prohibit PTs to conduct a traffic direction and control. This
module is limited only to introduce them to the different Right-of-Way Rules.

52 MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’s Note: Introduce the selected topics to be studied by the PTs during the
study period:

23 Different methods of hand signal in manning the traffic;


24 Proper usage of whistle, flashlight, reflectorized gloves, and
vest while conducting traffic direction and control at night; and
25 Proper conduct of traffic direction and control on congestion
(gridlock) at any given situation.

“If you k now your steps are ordered by the Lord, then trust your path is
clear.” ― Alaina Odessa

MODULE III FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 53


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE IV : TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 4 and 5

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Locality / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Twenty-four (24) hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Digital or Video Camera
Extra Sheets of Paper
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Whistle, flashlight, reflectorized traffic gloves and
vest
TRAINING REFERENCE : Highway Patrol Group Handbook

TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will provide the PTs with

the basic knowledge on traffic direction and control


and the techniques of its execution.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Be familiar with the different methods of hand signal in manning

the traffic;
T.O. #2 : Be familiar with the proper usage of whistle, flashlight, reflectorized

gloves and vest while conducting traffic direction and control at


night;
T.O. #3 : Know the proper conduct of direction and control in traffic

congestion (gridlock) at any given situation; and


T.O. # 4 : Apply the acquired knowledge during the practical exercises.

54 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION
AM) Attention Morning Prayer Completed
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed


Cleaning CLEANING OF
Materials AOR/BREAKFAST Not Completed
Designation of AOR Clean-up
5:00 7:00 AOR Personal hygiene As appropriate
AM AM Availability and Wearing of prescribed Reason(s):
Distribution of uniform
Breakfast Breakfast: Prayer before
meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK
4

Completed
Sheet INSPECTION
DA Y

(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed


AM) Accounting Report
Rank Rank Inspection As appropriate
Inspection Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 (7:15 AM-7:45 Proper haircut
AM) Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Defects Noted Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Mustache
Issuance of Finger nails
Delinquency
Report
Training INTRODUCTION TO Completed
Manuscript for MODULE IV: TRAFFIC
Module IV DIRECTION AND CONTROL Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Invocation: Police Officer’s As appropriate
Prayer
AM AM
Training Goals Reason(s):
Training Objectives

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 55


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Training TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Manuscript for AND DISCUSSION
Module IV Proper stance of traffic Not Completed
Whistles police officer while
8:00 12:00 Flashlights conducting traffic direction As appropriate
AM NN Reflectorized and control Reason(s):
vests Proper hand signal
Reflectorized Proper use of flashlight,
gloves whistle, reflectorized
gloves and vests
Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed
Lunch Prayer before meal Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Mess Kits
Venue for As appropriate
NN PM Lunch Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for Roll Roll Call Formation/ Not Completed
Call Formation Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
Reason(s):
PM PM

Attendance PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1 Completed


Sheet Simulation
Digital or Video Not Completed
1:15 4:45 Camera
Whistle As appropriate
PM PM Flashlight Reason(s):
Reflectorized
vest
Reflectorized
gloves
Assign a PT to RECAP ITUL ATIO N Completed
recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
4:45 5:00 day Closing Prayer
Issues and As appropriate
PM PM concerns Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer
Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed
personal
5:00 6:00 tasking Not Completed
PM PM As appropriate
Reason(s):

56 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Not Completed
Mess kits
6:00 7:00 Venue for As appropriate
Dinner Reason(s):
PM PM

Review of the STUDY TIME Completed


7:00 9:00 subject matter
Not Completed
As appropriate
PM PM
Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time for Not Completed
9:00 9:30 All Personnel to Sleep As appropriate
(TAPS)
Reason(s):
PM PM
Issuance of
Delinquency
Report
Supervision on TIME FOR ALL Completed
TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP Not Completed
4:00 (TAPS)
9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 57


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer Not Completed
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/ Reason(s):
AM AM
Accounting Warm-up Exercises/
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run
Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed
Cleaning CLEANING OF
Materials AOR/BREAKFAST Not Completed
Designation of AOR Clean-up
5:00 7:00 AOR Personal hygiene As appropriate
AM AM Availability and Wearing of prescribed Reason(s):
Distribution of uniform
Breakfast Breakfast: Prayer before
meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
DAY 5

(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed


AM) Rank Accounting Report
Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

Introduction on INTRODUCTION ON Completed


Traffic Direction MODULE IV:
and Control TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND Not Completed
7:45 8:00 CONTROL
Invocation: Police Officer’s As appropriate
AM AM Prayer Training Reason(s):
Goal Training
Objectives

58 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Practical PRACTICAL EXER CIS E Completed


Exercise Conduct of Traffic
Whistles Direction and Control at Not Completed
Flashlight Signalized and As appropriate
Reflectorized Uncontrolled Intersection
8:00 12:00 vest Reason(s):
Reflectorized
AM NN
gloves
Availability of
Subject Matter
Expert
o with SME
23 without
SME
Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed
Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for
Lunch As appropriate
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll
call formation
‡ Roll Call Formation/ Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Sheet AND DISCUSSION
Digital or Video
Camera ‡ Traffic Direction and Control Not Completed
1:15 4:45 Whistle in Planned Events or As appropriate
between Signaled
PM PM Flashlight Reason(s):
Reflectorized Uncontrolled Intersection
vest
Reflectorized
gloves
Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed
recap the ‡ Summary of the activities
activities for the Not Completed
day for the day
4:45 5:00 Issues and
‡ Closing Prayer: The Lord’s As appropriate
PM PM concerns Prayer (Our Father) Reason(s):
Open Forum
Guidance

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 59


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner ‡ Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
5:00 6:00 Venue for
Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Practical PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Exercise Traffic Direction and Control
Attendance in an Intersection Not Completed
Sheet During Rush Hour As appropriate
Digital or Video Night time
6:00 8:00 Camera Reason(s):
PM PM Whistles
flashlight
Reflectorized
vest
Reflectorized
gloves
Supervision of PERSONAL TIME Completed
Study Time and AND STUDY TIME
Personal Not Completed
8:00 9:00 Tasking
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time
Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to Sleep
(TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report
Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed
TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed
9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next
Reason(s):
day)

60 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module IV
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL

FTO’s Note: Start the training day with the POLICE OFFICER’S PRAYER to be
led by a PT. The same PT will deliver THE LORD’S PRAYER at the
end of the day. This should be done on a rotation basis.

GOAL

This module will provide you with the basic knowledge on traffic direction and
control and the techniques of its execution.

OBJECTIVES

After this block of instruction, you will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Be familiar with the different methods of hand signal in manning


the traffic;
T.O. #2 : Be familiar with the proper usage of whistle, flashlight, reflectorized

gloves and vest while conducting traffic direction and control at


night;
T.O. #3 : Know the proper conduct of direction and control in traffic

congestion (gridlock) at any given situation; and

T.O. #4 : Apply the acquired knowledge during the practical exercises.

DEFINITION OF TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL

It is the control of the movements of road users according to proportionate time


through traffic signal or hand gesture.

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 61


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

PROPER STANCE OF A TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICER WHILE CONDUCTING


TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL

23 Equipment

When directing and controlling traffic, police officer should be equipped


with appropriate traffic-directing gear which includes a reflective traffic vest
and gloves, whistle, and flashlight.
23 Position

Depending on the situation, traffic volume, road type, and level of risk for
the participating Police Officer, a technique in traffic direction and control
includes selecting an appropriate position. Positions are based on the highest
level of visibility for both motorists and pedestrians.

Police Officers may choose the technique of standing in the intersection’s


center, which offers the greatest visibility and control but is considered the
most dangerous. Standing on the corner is ideal for directing pedestrian traffic
and offers greater safety.

23 Hand Signals

Traffic Police Officers may use the technique of hand signals to provide
traffic direction and control. Officers should stand parallel with traffic so that
the ―stopped‖ traffic faces the front and back of the officer’s body.

To stop the flow of traffic, the Traffic Police Officer uses the technique of
lifting an upraised palm in the direction of traffic being ―stopped‖ by making
eye contact with the first driver who must stop. By keeping the palm uplifted,
the Traffic Police Officer then lifts an upraised palm to the other direction of
traffic being stopped, making eye contact with the first driver the officer intends
to stop.

To begin the flow of traffic, the Traffic Police Officer points at the first driver
he intends to begin driving, then upturns the palm and bends the elbow,
drawing the palm in a ―come forward‖ motion that extends past his head.
Other techniques encourage right-hand and left-hand turns.

23 Whistle Techniques

Traffic Police Officers may use whistles to direct and control traffic.
23 One (1) whistle blast means ―STOP‖

24 Two (2) whistle blasts means ―GO‖

62 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Repeated short whistle blasts may be used to attract the attention of


individuals who are not responding to traffic direction and control.

5888 Verbal Cues

Traffic Police Officers rarely use their voices to direct and control traffic.
But when drivers or pedestrians do not respond to hand gestures or whistle
techniques, the officer may choose to politely approach them and verbally
explain what they must do.

HAND GESTURES TO STOP TRAFFIC

Stand where you can be seen, which is normally in the middle of the intersection.

Stand straight with weight of your body kept balanced and show motorists that
you mean business.

With your right hand, point your index finger and look straight to the driver you
intend to ―STOP‖.

With your left hand, make one (1) full whistle blast to call the attention of the
driver.

Raise your right hand with your palm facing the driver you intend to ―STOP‖.

Never lower your arms and never remove your attention to the driver, until
vehicle has come to a complete stop.

Repeat the process for traffic in the opposite lane.

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 63


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

HAND GESTURES TO START TRAFFIC DURING DAYTIME

Stand where you can be seen, normally in the middle of the intersection.

Stand straight with weight of your body kept balanced, and show motorists that
you mean business.

With your right hand, point your index finger and look straight to the driver you
intend to ―GO‖.

With your left hand, make two (2) short whistle blasts to call the attention of the
driver.

Raise your hand with your palm facing the driver you intend to ―GO‖ and swing
your hand up and over your chin. Bend arm only at elbow and make three (3)
repetitions.

Repeat the process for traffic in the opposite lane.

HAND GESTURES TO MAKE RIGHT/LEFT TURN AT DAYTIME

Stand where you can be seen, normally in the middle of the intersection.

Stand straight with weight of your body kept balanced, and show motorists that
you mean business.

With your right hand, point your index finger and look straight to the driver you
intend to ―GO‖.

64 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Right Turn Left Turn

Point your right arm to the direction you want the driver to ―GO‖.

With your left hand, make a two (2) short whistle blasts to call the attention of the
driver.

Raise your right hand with your palm facing the driver you intend to ―GO‖ and swing
your hand up and over your chin, bend arm only at elbow and make three
(3) repetitions.

Repeat the process for traffic in the opposite lane.

TECHNIQUES IN TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL

Keep intersection open.

Never allow motorist to cross when they do not have any exit point.

Stop motorists at designated stopping lane, however, do not stop motorists near
you. Provide motorists sufficient distance to stop gradually.

Prefer to stop fast moving vehicles.

When two (2) or more vehicles are about to obstruct an intersection, stop
motorists that will be affected.

If two (2) or more traffic police officers are conducting traffic direction and control,
the first to command must be identified by the team leader and should be
strictly followed by all members of the team.

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 65


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FACTORS TO CONSIDER BEFORE ASSIGNING A POLICE OFFICER TO A


TRAFFIC POST

Personal safety of the traffic police officer

Visibility of the police officer to traffic

Visibility of the traffic to police officer

Non-obstruction to traffic by the police officer

Ability to effect necessary control

Accessibility to persons seeking information or making complaints

HOW TO HANDLE TRAFFIC CONGESTION (GRIDLOCK)

Upon arrival at the area, report the traffic situation to the nearest police station.

Determine the cause of the traffic congestion.

If the traffic congestion is caused by vehicular accident:

Immediately inform the nearest police station to provide a Traffic Investigator


and/or ambulance, if there are fatalities or injuries;

Handle traffic accident as a First Responder only. Conduct fast and immediate
actions while keeping in mind the complete processing of the accident; and

Remove vehicles involved in the accident scene.

If traffic congestion is caused by mechanical trouble:

Assist motorist to move the vehicle to a place where it will not obstruct the flow
of traffic or immediately contact towing service for the removal of vehicle;

Back at your assigned traffic post, establish yourself to conduct a systematic


flow of traffic;

Observe if the flow of traffic becomes smooth; and

Implement proper traffic regulation to avoid further traffic congestion/jam.

66 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

RESPONDING TO THE ACCIDENT SCENE

The first priority in any response is the safe arrival of emergency vehicles and
personnel at the accident site.

Follow the requirements of a first responder with due regard to safety and extra
care. Always maintain a radio contact with your police station.

Always take the most efficient route that will effectively position the response
vehicles to provide the best protection for the incident, while giving
consideration to its operational function.

In order to provide safety at the scene while conducting traffic direction and
control, the following should be considered:

Secure the incident site to protect emergency personnel, their equipment


and the public from hazardous conditions at the scene and throughout the
traffic control zone, the point from where normal traffic flow is diverted to
the point where traffic returns to normal;

Establish a traffic control set-up that gives motorists adequate warning and
reaction time;

Separate pedestrians from vehicular traffic; and

Limit access to the site by authorized persons only.

A secure or well-defined incident scene (traffic control zone) will command


the attention of motorists and pedestrians, and clearly guide them around.

When the condition in conducting traffic direction and control is at night


time, the FTO may choose the technique of standing in the intersection’s
center, which offers the greatest visibility and control but is considered the
most dangerous. FTOs should always considered the safety of the PTs,
although it is consider the smooth delivery of public service. Standing at the
corner is ideal for directing pedestrian traffic and offers greater safety.

FTO’s Note: While the PTs have been taught about the basic hand gestures in
directing traffic, they should also be equipped with the proper traffic
gear, thus it is the responsibility of the FTO to check and account
the PTs and their equipment before conducting a traffic activity at
night time.

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 67


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

HAND GESTURES TO STOP TRAFFIC AT NIGHT

Stand where you can be seen, normally in the middle of the intersection.

Stand straight with weight of your body kept balanced, and show motorists that
you mean business.

With your right hand, point your index finger and look straight to the driver you
intend to ―STOP‖.

With your left hand, make one (1) long whistle blast to call the attention of the
driver.

Raise your hand with your palm facing the driver you intend to ―STOP‖.

Never lower your arms and never remove your attention to the driver, until
vehicle has come to a complete stop.

Repeat the process for traffic in the opposite lane.

HAND GESTURES TO START TRAFFIC AT NIGHT

Stand where you can be seen, normally in the middle of the intersection.

Stand straight with weight of your body kept balanced, and show motorists that
you mean business.

With your right hand, point your index finger and look straight to the driver you
intend to ―GO‖.

68 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

With your left hand, make two (2) short whistle blasts to call the attention of the
driver.

Raise your right hand with your palm facing the driver you intend to ―GO‖ and swing
your hand up and over your chin, bend arm only at elbow and make three
(3) repetitions.

Repeat the process for traffic in the opposite lane.

GESTURES TO MAKE RIGHT/LEFT TURN AT NIGHT

Stand where you can be seen, normally in the middle of the intersection.

Stand straight with weight of your body kept balanced, and show motorists that
you mean business.

Right Turn Left Turn

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 69


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

With your right hand, point your index finger and look straight to the driver you
intend to ―GO‖.

With your left hand, make two (2) short whistle blasts to call the attention of the
driver.

Raise your right hand with your palm facing the driver you intend to ―GO‖ and swing
your hand up and over your chin, bend arm only at elbow and make three
(3) repetitions.

Repeat the process for traffic in the opposite lane.

DONT’S IN CONDUCTING TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL

Never conduct a traffic direction and control out of fun. This will catch the
attention of motorists that may lead to accident or slow down the flow of traffic.

Always remember that when you conduct traffic direction and control, you are the
window of your organization, you must act accordingly and dignified at all
times.

FTO’s Note: You will present Video Clip #3 that is provided in this STP.

Watch Video Clip #3 (30 minutes)

PTs will have a group discussion after the video showing.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1

oves.

SCENARIO #1:
.

SCENARIO #2:
scene.

70 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #2

FTO’s Duties:

Direct
Control.

Install by.

area.

4. Direct each PT to perform what they have learned in Day 4.

FTO’s Responsibilities:

Shall be responsible for the safety and security of all police trainees.

Shall be responsible in preparing the ideal venue of the activity

Strictly prohibit the police trainee to conduct a traffic enforcement function.

FTO’s Instructions:

Review the video clip and have critique on the performance of each PT.

Discuss to PT other possible actions that may occur in the given situation.

FTO’s Note: Introduce the selected topic to be studied by the PTs during the
study period:

Hand signals in manning the traffic and traffic control

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 71


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MODULE IV SLIDES

TRAFFIC DIRECTION
AND CONTROL
the control of the movements of road To prevent traffic accident
users according to proportionate time To maintain the smooth flow of
through traffic signal or hand gesture
traffic

1 2

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

movement of person, goods, vehicle, refers to the planning, organizing,


either powered by a muscular power directing and controlling the safe,
of a combustion system from one economic and expeditious movements
point to another for the purpose of of people and goods through traffic
safe travel engineering, traffic education and
traffic environment in a transport
system

3 4

3 E s OF TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT Factors to consider in alleviating


traffic problems:
Traf f ic engineering – deals with the planning and Express w ay: elevated on surface
geometric designs of streets and traf f ic control dev ices (interchanges).
to include traf f ic operation thereon. Limited access roads (fenced and
limited intersection).
Traf f ic Education – ref ers to the teaching and training
of driv ers, pedestrians and commuters to dev elop them Boulevards (Minimum intersection
to be courteous, disciplined and competent road users. and opening).
Primary roads
Traf f ic Enf orcement – includes traf f ic direction
and control, traf f ic investigation and apprehension Secondary roads
perf ormed by police and other agencies with authority Feeder roads
to induce v oluntary compliance
Bridges (rivers and railroads)
Over and Underpas s es (critical intersection

5 6

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


72
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TECHNIQUES IN TRAFFIC HOW TO HANDLE A TRAFFIC


DIRECTION AND CONTROL CONGESTION/JAM:
Keep intersection open. Determine the cause of the traf f ic congestion/jam.
Nev er allow motorist to cross when they don t hav e Where the traf f ic congestion/ jam is caused by
any exit. v ehicular accident, conduct f ast, immediate but
complete inv estigation and remov e v ehicles inv olv ed
Stop motorist at their designated stopping lane, in the scene of the accident.
howev er, do not stop motorist near y ou, prov ide If traf fic congestion/ jam is caused by mechanical
motorist suf f icient distance to stop gradually . trouble, assist motorist to push the v ehicle to a place
Pref er to stop f ast mov ing v ehicles. where it will not obstruct the f low of traf f ic.
When two or more v ehicles are about to obstruct their Establish y ourself and conduct a sy stematic f low of
intersection, stop motorist af f ecting it. traf f ic.
In two or more men directing traf f ic direction and Observ e if the f low of traf fic becomes smooth, it not
control, the f irst to command must be giv en by a ref er back to number one.
Team leader f ollowed up by the members. Implement proper traf f ic regulation to av oid f
urther traf f ic congestion/ jam.

7 8

RESPONSIBIL IT IES OF Keep in mind that in an intersection or


A TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCER any traffic post the following factors
should be considered on the
Enforcement of traffic laws, ordinances, placement of the traffic policeman.
rules and regulations without fear and –  Personal safety of the policeman/ enforcer.
favor and assist the general public when –  Visibility of the policeman to traffic.
necessary and requested. –  Visibility of the traffic to policeman.
–  Non-obstruction to traffic by policeman.
–  Ability to effect necessary control.
–  Accessibility to persons w ishing
information or making complaints.

9 10

The officer shall not leave his post THE TEN (10)
during his hour of duty without COMMANDMENTS OF TRAFFIC
permission, except when properly KEEP RIGHT.
relieved by another policeman/ OBSERV E ROAD COURTESY.
enforcer. In case of personal One must yield to emergency vehicles,
pedestrians, trains, vehicles w ith right of w
necessity or required by the ay, vehicles ahead, uphill traffic, traffic w ith
situation in any police emergency, momentum, straight traffic and traffic signs.
he shall notify his station before VEHICLES SHOULD NOT BE PARKED
NEAR INTERSECTION, CROSSWALK,
leaving and upon return to his post. PEDESTRIAN LANES, FIRE STATION, FIRE
HYDRANT, AND PRIVATE DRIVW WAYS.

11 12

MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 73


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

IF IN DOUBT, DO NOT OVERTAKE. RULES TO PREVENT OR UNTANGLE TRAFFIC


In general, the overtaking lane is the lane to CONGESTION OR TRAFFIC JAM. Keep opposing
the left of the overtaken vehicle going in the lanes and intersections open.
same direction. The overtaken vehicle is the In heavy, slow or stopped traffic, there shall be no
burden vehicle. overtaking. In a construction, the vehicles
THE BUS-STOP RULE. should merge alternately.
Buses queue up on a single file in their order OBSERV E THE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
of arrival. The lead bus moves forw ard to the MEASURE. Like the bus yellow lane rule, bus
center of the column of buses lining-up on the stop segregation scheme, truck ban, counter
bus stop zone, and remain until the zone is flow -reversible lane, one w ay, car pool ( at
filled up w ith buses, but not longer than three least three passenger in EDSA), odd and
minutes. Any bus has the option to move out even scheme and restraints on turning.
of the area or bypass a bus stop. There shall
no doubling at any point in the bus stop zone
13 14

THE PHILOSOPHY OF A PINOY DRIVER.


Motorist should observe equity of the lead
vehicle, doctrine of the last clear chance, and
the first-come-first-served or Rotunda rule.
ON PEDESTRIANS.
Keep off roadw ay except to cross on a
crossw alk or pedestrian lane, w ait, embark,
and alight at bus or jeepney stop.
REMEMBER THE INTERNATIONAL DRIVING
SAFETY REMINDER.
Safety first.

15

74 MODULE IV FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE V : TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 7 and 8

VENUE : Station Traffic Division/ As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Sixteen (16) hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Multi-Media Pointer
Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Sample Citation Tickets
a. Temporary Operator’s Permit (TOP)

b. Traffic Violations Receipt (TVR)


c. Ordinance Violations Receipt (OVR)
Driver’s License, Manila Paper, Extra Sheets of
Paper
Area of Responsibility (AOR) Map
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
TRAINING REFERENCES : PNP Operational Procedures (December 2013)

TMG Manual, Chapter V, pages 31-80, R.A No. 4136


Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)
Revised Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit Bragado
R.A. No. 4136, R.A. No. 6539, P.D. No. 1612, P.D.
No. 98 and other related laws, rules and regulations,
memoranda and issuances
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will provide the PTs with

the basic knowledge on traffic law enforcement and


develop their necessary skills.

MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 75


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Recognize the commonly violated traffic laws, ordinances, rules


and regulations;

T.O. #2 : Differentiate the following:

a. Invalid Driver’s License;


b. Suspended Driver’s License; and

c. Revoked Driver’s License.

T.O. #3 : Identify the three (3) Police Traffic Enforcement Actions;

T.O. #4 : Recognize the three (3) methods used in approaching the

violator’s vehicle; and


T.O. #5 : Enumerate the special and usual traffic situations.

76 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
A
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION
Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
DAY AM AM
7 Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Rank Accounting Report As appropriate
Inspection Rank Inspection
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 77
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Introduction on INTRODUCTION TO Completed


Traffic Law MODULE V: TRAFFIC
Enforcement LAW ENFORCEMENT Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Availability of Invocation: Police Officer’s As appropriate
AM AM Learning Aids Prayer
Required Introduction Reason(s):
Training Goal
Training Objectives

Training TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Manuscript for AND DISCUSSION
Module V 1. Commonly violated Not Completed
Availability of traffic laws, ordinances, As appropriate
Subject Matter rules and regulations.
8:00 12:00 Expert 2. Differentiate the Reason(s):
o with SME following:
AM NN
a. Invalid driver’s license
o without SME
b. Suspended driver’s
license
c. Revoked driver’s
license
Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed
Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for As appropriate
Lunch Reason(s):
NN PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation
call formation Attendance in the Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
Reason(s):
PM PM

Availability of TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Subject Matter AND DISCUSSION
Expert The three (3) methods Not Completed
o with SME used in approaching the As appropriate
1:15 4:45 o without SME violator’s vehicle
PM PM Enumerate the cases of Reason(s):
special and usual traffic
situations

78 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
Not Completed
activities for the for the day
4:45 5:00 day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our Reason(s):
PM PM
concerns Father)
Guidance
Open Forum
Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed
personal Not Completed
tasking
As appropriate
5:00 6:00 Reason(s):
PM PM

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal Not Completed
Mess Kits
Venue for As appropriate
6:00 7:00 Dinner Reason(s):
PM PM

Supervision on STUDY TIME Completed


studies Not Completed
As appropriate
7:00 9:00 Reason(s):
PM PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/ Not Completed
Attendance before Time
Defects Noted
for All Personnel to As appropriate
9:00 9:30 Sleep (TAPS) Reason(s):
PM PM
Issue
Delinquency
Report
Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed
TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP Not Completed
(TAPS)
9:30 4:00 As appropriate
Reason(s):
PM AM
(next
day)

MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 79


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/ As appropriate
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK


8

Completed
Sheet INSPECTION
DA Y

(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed


AM) Rank Accounting Report As appropriate
Inspection Rank Inspection
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
AM) Proper haircut
7:00 7:45 Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Mustache
Issue Finger nails
Delinquency
Report

Recap of BRIEFING Completed


activities Recap of yesterday’s
activities Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Administrative
announcement for As appropriate
AM AM today’s activities Reason(s):

80 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of LECTURE PROPER Completed


Subject Matter
Expert Not Completed
8:00 10:00 o with SME As appropriate
o without SME
AM AM Reason(s):

Availability of GROUP DISCUSSION Completed


Subject Matter TO#5
Expert Not Completed
10:15 12:00 o with SME As appropriate
o without SME
AM NN Reason(s):

LUNCH BREAK Completed


Prayer before meal
Availability of
Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Lunch As appropriate
Mess Kits
NN PM Reason(s):
Venue for
Lunch

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/
call formation Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of FIELD IMMERSION Completed


Subject Matter
Expert Not Completed
1:15 4:45 o with SME As appropriate
AM AM o without SME Reason(s):

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 81
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our As appropriate
PM PM concerns Father) Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

DINNER TIME Completed


Prayer before meal
Availability of Not Completed

6:00 7:00 Dinner As appropriate


Mess Kits
PM PM Reason(s):
Venue for
Dinner

Supervision on STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to
Sleep (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report

82 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 83
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module V
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT

FTO’s Note: Start the training day with the POLICE OFFICER’S PRAYER to be
led by a PT. The same PT will deliver THE LORD’S PRAYER at the
end of the day. This should be done on a rotation basis.

GOAL

This module will provide you with the basic knowledge on traffic law enforcement
and develop their necessary skills.

OBJECTIVES

After this block of instruction, you will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Recognize the commonly violated traffic laws, ordinances, rules


and regulations;
T.O. #2 : Differentiate the following:

a. Invalid Driver’s License;

b. Suspended Driver’s License; and


c. Revoked Driver’s License.
T.O. #3 : Identify the three (3) Police Traffic Enforcement Actions;

T.O. #4 : Recognize the three (3) methods used in approaching the

violator’s vehicle; and


T.O. #5 : Enumerate the special and usual traffic situations.

COMMON TRAFFIC VIOLATIONS

Violations committed under Republic Act No. 4136. A Temporary Operator’s Permit
(TOP) is used in the enforcement of traffic management measures under DOTC MC No.
93-693 and other special laws by the Land Transportation Office (LTO) Traffic Law
Enforcers (Flying Squad) and other deputized officers. It is considered as a temporary

84 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

driver’s license within the jurisdiction of the issuing agency in the Philippines for a
period of 72 hours upon its issuance.

Violations committed under the jurisdiction of Metro Manila Development Authority


(MMDA). A Traffic Violations Receipt (TVR) is used in the enforcement of traffic
management measures under MMDA Traffic Ordinances and other special laws by
the MMDA, Traffic Operation Center (TOC) Traffic Law Enforcers and other
deputized officers. It is considered as a temporary driver’s license within the
jurisdiction of the issuing agency (Metropolitan Manila) for a period of 72 hours upon
its issuance. (Republic Act No. 7924)

Violations committed under the jurisdiction of the Local Government Unit (LGU). An
Ordinance Violations Receipt (OVR) is used in the enforcement of traffic management
measures under City and/or Municipal Traffic Ordinances and other special laws by the
Local Government Units Traffic Law Enforcers and other deputized officers under the
Department of Public Safety and Traffic Management and/or City/Municipal Traffic and
Parking Bureau in case of the other cities and municipalities. It is considered as a
temporary driver’s license within the jurisdiction of the issuing Local Government Unit for
a period of five (5) days upon its issuance. (Republic Act No. 7160)

Matrix 1. REPUBLIC ACT NO. 4136

Chap.1 Art. 2 Sec. 3(a) Motor Vehicle – shall mean any vehicle propelled by any power
other than muscular power using the public highway.
Chap. 1 Art. 2 Sec.3(d) Driver – shall mean every and any licensed operator of a motor
vehicle.
Owner – shall mean the actual legal owner of a motor vehicle;
Chap. 1 Art. 2 Sec. 3(f) in whose name such vehicle is duly registered with the Land
Transportation Office.
Parking or Parked – shall mean that a motor vehicle is parked
Chap.1 Art.2 Sec.3(l) or parking if it has been brought to a stop on shoulder or edge
of a highway, and remains inactive in that place or close
thereto for an appreciable period of time.
Garage – shall mean any building in which two or more motor
vehicles, either with or without drivers, are kept ready for hire to
Chap.1 Art.2 Sec. 3 (h) the public, but shall not include street stands, public service
stations, or other public places designated by proper authority
as parking spaces for motor vehicles for hire while waiting or
soliciting business.
Highway – shall mean every public thoroughfare, public
Chap.1 Art.2 Sec. 3(j) boulevard, driveway, avenue park, alley and callejon, but shall
not include roadway upon grounds owned by private person,
colleges, universities or other similar institutions.

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 85
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

No person shall operate any motor vehicle without first


Chap. 3 Art.1 Sec. 19 procuring a license to drive a motor vehicle for the current year,
nor while such license is delinquent, invalid, suspended or
revoked.
Chap. 3 Art. 1 Sec. 29 Confiscation of Driver’s Licenses
Chap. 3 Art.1 Sec. 30 Student’s Driver’s Permit
Chap. 4 Art. 5 Sec. 55 Duty of driver in case of an accident
Matrix 2. LAND TRANSPORTATION OFFICE MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR 89-105

Section 1 Driving without first securing proper license.


Section 2 Driving with delinquent, invalid, suspended, ineffectual or
revoked license.
Section 3 a Failure to show or surrender license.
Section 3 b Failure to carry driver’s license
Section 4 Driving while under the influence of liquor or prohibited drugs
Section 5 Allowing an unlicensed/improperly license person to drive
Section 6 Fake license
Section 7 Allowing another person to use his license
Section 9 A student driver operating a motor vehicle without being
accompanied by a duly licensed driver
Section 11 Unregistered motor vehicle
Section 14 Certificate of Registration /Official Receipt (CR/OR) not carried
Section 15 Invalid or suspended/revoked/expired CR
Section 17 a Plates not firmly attached and visible
Section 17 b Dirty or uncared for plates
Section 17 c Inconspicuously displayed plates
Section 18 License plates different from body number
Section 19 Improper displayed plates
Section 20 Expired commemorative plates/stickers
Section 22 Illegal transfer of plates
Section 23 Violation relative to equipment, parts, accessories, devices and
markings of motor vehicles
Section 24 Dirty and unsightly or dilapidated motor vehicle
Section 25 Failure to paint or improper painting of authorized route and
painting of unauthorized route
Section 27 Unauthorized improvised plates
Section 31 Unauthorized bell, siren or exhaust whistle
Section 33 No body number
Section 34 No Early Warning Device (EWD) or failure to install EWD
Section 36 No capacity marking
Section 38 No tailgate or failure to put ―NOT FOR HIRE‖
Section 39 Load extending beyond projected width without permit
Section 40 Overloading
Section 41 Out of line
Section 42 Colorum Operation (driver)

MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


86
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Section 43 Colorum Operation (operator)


Section 44 Employing insolent, discourteous or arrogant drivers or
conductors
Section 45 Refusal to convey passenger to proper destination/trip-cutting
Section 50 Overcharging/Undercharging
Section 52 No franchise/CPC/PA carried- Certificate of Public
Convenience or evidence of franchise
Section 53 Fake license, identification card or permit
Section 54 Fake CR/OR, plates, tags or stickers/spurious documents
Section 56 a Prohibited parking
Section 56 b Allowing passenger on top or cover of vehicle
Section 56 d Arrogance or discourtesy
Section 56 e Disregarding traffic light
Section 57 Reckless driving
Section 59 Driving in slippers or sleeveless shirt
Section 60 Driving or parking in a place not for traffic or parking
Section 70 a Illegal turn
Section 70 b Driving against traffic
Section 70 c Illegal overtaking
Section 70 n Overtaking at no overtaking zone
Section 70 z Obstruction

TRAFFIC CITATION

Traffic Citation is having a violator appear in court without physical arrest. The
issuance of citation is the most common enforcement action by the police. This is an
efficient system since majority of violations with minor offenses are punished
promptly by paying their fine at an administrative body with court appearance or any
traffic enforcement action contemplates trial adjudication or disposition to determine
the guilt or innocence of a person charged for a violation when the individual record
of which is kept by the police or some other official agency for future reference.

The traffic citation is a ticket issued to an erring driver apprehended for a certain
violation in exchange of his confiscated driver’s license for the period provided for in
the face of the ticket.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1

FTO’s Note: You cannot proceed to this lesson if the PTs failed to recognize the
commonly violated traffic laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.
Likewise, if they failed to differentiate the jurisdictional authority of
the three (3) citation tickets. In this lesson, you are given one (1)
hour to encourage the PTs to raise relevant issues.

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 87
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

oups.

marker.

Tell
group.

Each
issue.

Invalid Driver’s License – means that the driver holding the license is
inappropriate to operate a vehicle.

Example: A

Suspended Driver’s License – means that the license is temporarily out


of service for a period of time due to traffic violation(s) or infraction(s).

Example: A
.

Revoked Driver’s License – means that the license has been fully
cancelled and it can not be reinstated.

Example:
.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #2

FTO’s Note: You are required to moderate two (2) hours of group discussion to
distinguish the invalid, suspended and revoked driver’s license.

ussion.

You vailable.

88 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

3. You
of the restrictions on:

Motorcycles/motorized tricycles

Vehicle up to 4500 kgs gross value weight

Vehicle above 4500 kgs gross value weight

Automatic clutch up to 4500 kgs gross value weight

Automatic clutch above 4500 kgs gross value weight

Articulated vehicle 1600 kgs gross value weight and below

Articulated vehicle 1601 up to 4500 kgs gross value weight

Articulated vehicle 4501 kgs and above gross value weight

Let
vehicle.

Once
license.

Scenario #1 :

A?

Scenario #2 :
you do?

Scenario #3 :
do?

6. e class.

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 89
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

ANSWER KEY

Scenario #1 :
.

Scenario :
#2 river D.

Scenario #3 : The
A.

METHODS USED IN APPROACHING THE VIOLATOR’S VEHICLE

Normally for vehicles with passengers in rear seats, pause at the rear window.
Then proceed to the front edge of the driver’s door, facing the rear of the
vehicle. This position will let you watch the driver, any person in the rear seat
and incoming traffic.

For possible dangerous drivers especially without rear seat passengers, stop just
by the rear of the driver’s window, facing the vehicle. Stay back at the rear
edge of the driver’s door. This will keep the driver at a disadvantage and give
you advantage if danger should arise.

On heavily traveled streets wherein approaching from the left side would be
hazardous to you and other traffic, and under some conditions that make a
left-side approach inadvisable, approach from the right. Pause at the rear of
the right window. Then place yourself at the front edge of the right door, facing
the rear of the vehicle. This will tend to surprise the driver because most
drivers expect you to approach from the left side.

When with another Traffic Police Officer, your approach to the violator’s car is
the same except that your partner will assume a position where one can be of
assistance if the need arises. The other officer may do either of the two things:

Remain seated within the patrol vehicle on the passenger side; and

Leave the patrol vehicle and stand just to the right of the passenger side with
the front door open.

90 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Both positions permit your partner to observe the actions of the violator
while in a protected position. This person will be able to undertake pursuit
immediately in the event the violator tries to flee and establish immediate radio
contact if an emergency arises.

Approaching known or suspected felons requires special techniques. In


such situation you should remain in a protected position behind your car and
order the suspects to leave their vehicle. Whenever you have reasons to
believe the violator may be wanted for a criminal offense, notify headquarters
and request assistance. Never attempt to approach such person alone.

Never lean against the violator’s car. Be especially alert for unusual
movements. Look at the floor and rear seat for anything that may be hidden.
Notice the violator and passenger. Stand at an angle so that you can look
behind the vehicle and inside it at the same time. Use left hand for accepting
papers from the motorist (unless you are left-handed).

Regardless of how innocent the situation may appear, never go in front of


the vehicle to write the citation or look at the registration plate. There is always
the possibility of being run over by the motorist, either deliberately or through
nervousness.

If it is necessary to examine the front of the vehicle, go around the rear of


the vehicle and proceed to the front along the right side of the violator’s
vehicle. Stand at the right and slightly ahead of the vehicle while making the
examination.

When examining the vehicle from the rear, writing a citation or talking to
the driver when the person is out, never allow the driver or anyone else,
including yourself, to stand between two (2) stopped vehicles. In all cases you
and anyone else should stand off to the side or away from the vehicle.

To the violator and passing motorist, you are the police and your actions
contribute importantly to how they feel towards you, your organization, and
police in general. Stand erect and be alert.

SPECIAL AND USUAL TRAFFIC SITUATIONS

What to do in case of Abandoned Motor Vehicles

A motor vehicle is said to be abandoned when it is left unattended in an area


not provided for parking. Unattended vehicle becomes a problem to traffic flow. In

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 91
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

some instances, it causes more serious problem than what is actually thought of,
particularly when they are abandoned by robbers. Abandoned vehicles may be
classified into two (2) categories:

1. Unattended due to Mechanical Defects

Verify and check the ownership of the vehicle and if possible advise the
owner to relocate the vehicle to a much safer place.

2. Abandoned by Robbers

Get the plate number and other data of the vehicle. Make a report on the
presence of the abandoned vehicle to the nearest Highway Patrol Group
(HPG) or traffic police unit and make possible steps to inform the owner about
his vehicle. Bring the vehicle to the HPG or traffic police impounding area and
conduct Technical Inspection Report in the presence of alleged owner. Advise
the owner to present all pertinent papers of the vehicle for identification of
ownership. If the vehicle is found to have violated any provision of R.A. No.
6539, note its violation and submit it for investigation together with the
Technical Inspection Report. Finally, submit a duly accomplished Spot Report.

What to do on Stalled or Bogged Down Motor Vehicles

In most instances, traffic accidents or jams are caused by stalled or bogged down
vehicles that are left carelessly unattended in the highways. In these cases therefore,
it is important that you should know the basic course of actions in order to avoid
unnecessary risk of human lives and property and further allow the continuous free
flow of traffic.

When you notice stalled or bogged down vehicles having mechanical defects and
blocking the road, take these precautionary steps:

Check the defect or condition of the vehicle;


Ensure the safety of vehicles and persons involved by conducting traffic system in
the vicinity;

If practicable, move the vehicle to the road shoulder. You may need assistance of
other motorist to do this, otherwise avail of tow trucks to move it; and

Advise the owner of the vehicle to avail of the services of a mechanic. Provide an
early warning device (EWD) or any lantern to deter accident occurrences of
the mechanic and other motorists.

92 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

What to do in cases of Hit-and-Run Vehicular Traffic Accidents

When vehicle involved is identified, the following steps should be taken:

Require complainant to file a complaint to HPG or the nearest police


headquarters.

Get a sworn statement or request the complainant to execute an affidavit


stating the following facts:

Place where the accident occurred;

Time and date of the accident;

Vehicles involved with complete description and corresponding plate


numbers; and

How the accident occurred.

Prepare a letter invitation to persons involved in the complaint for


confrontation and investigation.

Upon completion of investigation, prepare a referral of case for filling at the


Fiscal’s Office or at the court having jurisdiction over the case.

When vehicle involved is not identified by the complainant and the information
given is incomplete, the following steps should be taken:

Verify at LTO Central Office the plate number of the vehicle involved in an
accident as reported by the complainant;

If there are two or more plate numbers that is similar with the plate number
of the vehicle involved in the complaint, get all the description of the
vehicle to include the name and address of the owner and prepare a letter
of invitation requiring the owner of the vehicle in question to appear at your
office, together with the driver for identification and confrontation by the
complainant; and

If the plate number of the vehicle involved in a hit-and-run accident was not
given by the complainant but has description only of the vehicle, gather
and collect information from witnesses at the accident scene to serve as
basis or lead in further investigation of the case.

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 93
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Guide to Complainants of a Hit-and-Run Vehicular Traffic Accident:

File complainant with the proper police agency.

Give complete information on how the accident occurred.

State time, date and place where the accident occurred.

Describe the vehicle involved and state the plate number of the hit-and-run
vehicle.

Give names and addresses of witnesses to the accident.

State complete name and address of complainant.

Take note of down other pertinent information relative to the hit-and-run incident.

HOW TO HANDLE TRAFFIC JAMS

Traffic Jam is caused by factors such as vehicular accident, stalled vehicle due to
engine trouble, absence of Traffic Police Officer at the intersection, or road
construction. The following are the steps to be taken by the Traffic Police Officer in
case of traffic jam:

Determine the cause of the traffic jam;

Where the traffic jam is caused by vehicular accident, conduct a fast and
immediate but complete investigation and remove vehicles involved at the
scene of accident;

If traffic jam is caused by mechanical trouble, assist motorist to move the vehicle
to a place where it will not obstruct the flow of traffic;

Back at your assigned traffic post, establish yourself and conduct a systematic
flow of traffic;

Observe if the flow of traffic is smooth, if not, refer back to ―No. 1‖ above; and

Implement proper traffic regulation to avoid further traffic jam.

94 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

How to care for the injured in case of a vehicular traffic accident:

Apply first aid to the injured; and

Evacuate seriously injured.

How to prevent the accident from getting worse:

Look for any possible source of fire;

Switch-off ignition of vehicle

Know how to extinguish in case of fire

Re-route and control the traffic;

Cordon off the scene of accident and control the crowd; and

Watch out for any looters.

How to record the facts:

Make a sketch of the scene of the accident with its relative position and
distance;

Photograph the scene of the accident;

Interview drivers and witnesses who are directly involved or any bystander
present at the time of the accident and record all these; and

Record your observations on the driver, road condition, vehicle condition, and
skid marks.

In figuring out what happened:

Make a formal investigation by getting statements of drivers and witnesses;

Follow-up the Medico-Legal Certificates of injured persons for eventual filing


of the case; and

Prepare all pertinent documents and record of the case for subsequent filing
in court.

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 95
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

IN CASE OF VEHICLE CANIBALIZATION

Determine the vehicle parts that were stolen;

Take note of the owner of the vehicle, the description of the vehicle, and the
location, and where the incident took place;

Look for immediate possible clues that might lead to the identification of the
perpetrators of their modus operandi;

Interview the witnesses and owner to get a general picture of the situation prior to
the incident;

Prepare a Spot Report and submit it to the nearest HPG or traffic police unit; and

If further investigation is necessary, the vehicle may be impounded for


safekeeping.

STEPS TO BE TAKEN WHEN CARNAPPING OCCURS

Get complete information of the vehicle, location of incident and other


circumstances of the carnapping; and

Report this immediately to the nearest HPG or traffic police unit.

Completing the information regarding a carnapped vehicle is very


important and necessary in order to initiate a search and follow-up the
progress of the search for the vehicle. The following information is necessary
for immediate recovery of stolen vehicles:

Location where the vehicle was carnapped;

Time and date when the vehicle was last seen;

Description of person last seen driving the vehicle;

Color;

Year and make;

Body style (i.e. sedan, wagon, etc.);

96 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Plate number, motor and body numbers; and

Direction where vehicle was last heading.

IN CASE OF ROBBERY HOLD-UP

Get the exact time, date and place of the incident;

Get the plate number, color, make and other information of the get-away car used
and description of the occupants (hold-umpteen);

For record purposes, interview the victims and list down the items stolen or
supposedly robbed from them;

Flash a report to the nearest HPG and traffic police unit via a two-way radio or
telephone; and

Gather more facts and evidence to include statements of witnesses for further
reference.

KINDS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS

Traffic Arrest – is an enforcement action which consists of taking a person into


custody for the purpose of holding or detaining him to answer a charge of law
violation before a court. Arrest is made when:

The offense committed is serious;

There is a necessity to avoid continued violation; and

There is a reasonable doubt that the violator will not appear in court.

Traffic Citation - is made of having violator appear in court without physical


arrest. The issuance of citation is the most common enforcement action by the
police. This is an efficient system since majority of violations with minor offenses
are punish promptly by paying their fine at an administrative body with court
appearance or any traffic enforcement action contemplates trial adjudication or
disposition to determine the guilt or innocence of a person charged for a
violation when the individual record of which is kept by the police or some
other official agency for future reference.

Traffic Warning – is an enforcement action which does not contemplate


possible assessment of penalty by the court or otherwise as a result of
warning alone.

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 97
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Visual Warning – is usually used when you have observed a minor violation but
are importantly occupied at a moment. You indicate by gesture of the
hand, and of the head, or a toot of the horn that you are aware of the
violation. Such action reminds the violators that violation has been
committed and that the police are observant.

Verbal Warning – is a form of safety education. You tell the violator that
a law has been violated and explain the hazards of such action. They are
frequently used when there is a new enforcement program going into effect
and the preliminary phase calls for a period of public education.

Written Warning – is a combination of verbal warning and citation. They gave the
spirit of verbal warning and the form of citation because it is written
and resembles a citation. The written warning has more noticeable
deterrent effect than verbal warning. There is no immediate penalty
attached and it allows the violator an opportunity to profit by the error
putting an emphasis on education rather than on discipline.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #3

1.
evelop.

On involved.

Tell
action.

They

The the activity.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #4

FTO’s Note: At this stage, the PTs will be given time to observe the activities of a
traffic enforcer relative to apprehending traffic violators in a certain
intersection of a major thoroughfare. They must identify the
commonly violated traffic infractions and to recognize the citation
ticket being issued. They must submit a report to you as their group
reaction on why the infractions are commonly violated in the given
area.

98 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

The
at intersection.

Every
he locality.

The the following: a.

Record enforcer;

Conduct ticket issued; and

are common in the locality.

They after the activity.

EVALUATION

FTO’s Note: An evaluation is necessary for you to evaluate the learning process.
The PTs will be subjected to five (5) sets of questions to test their
knowledge.

QUESTIONS: (Fill in the blanks)

1.

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 99
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

s issuance.

2. is the traffic citation used in the enforcement of traffic management issuance.

100 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

3. is the a traffic citation used in the enforcement of traffic management


measures ( (entire Philippines)for the period of seventy- two (72) hours, upon
its issuance.

4. is a f the ticket.

5. is
29, 1964.

ANSWER KEY

(TVR)

(OVR)

(TOP)

itation

o. 4136

FTO’s Note: During the PTs study time:

Recite at least 10 traffic violations; and


Enumerate and differentiate the three (3) traffic citations.

“Give yourself permission to honor


and follow the God-given desires of your heart.”
― Alaina Odessa

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 101
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MODULE V SLIDES

Violations In Connection With Licenses


Violations In Connection With Motor Vehicle Registration
�  Driving without a license �  Unregist er ed/ impr operl y register ed/ delinquent or invalid registrat ion

�  Driving with a delinquent, invalid, suspended ineffectual


of revoked license
�  Failure to show or surrender license (Driver & Operator Each Pay P450)
�  Unauthoriz ed change of color or configur ation
�  Failure to carry driver's license
�  Failure to sign driver's license
�  Unregister ed substitute or replacem ent engine
�  Driving while under the influenc e of liquor or prohibit ed drugs
�  Allowing an unlicens ed/ im proper ly licensed person to drive �  Certificat e of registration and official receipt not carried
�  Fake or counterfeit license
�  Operating/ allowing the operation of a motor vehicle with a suspended/r ev oked
�  Allowing another person to use his/her license
�  Using a motor vehicle in the commission of a crime certificate
�  A student driver operating motor vehicle w/o being accompanied by a licensed
driver �  Tourist operating a non-Philippine registered vehicle beyond 90 day period
�  Unlicens ed conduct or
�  Expired driver's license

1 2

Violations In Connection With Plates And Stickers Violations Relative to Motor Vehicle Parts, Accessories, Markings

� Plates not firmly attached and visible �  Motor vehicle with metallic wheels
�  Defective brakes
� Dirty of uncared for plates �  Improper horn or signaling device (exceptionally loud, startling, or disagreeable)
Defective horn or signaling device
�  Inconspicuous ly displayed plates �  Carrying red lights visible in front of vehicles
� No or defective headlights
� No sticker �  No or defective taillight s
� No red rear lights
�  License plate different from body number on for-hire vehicle � No license plate lights
�  Removing permanent plates to accommodate commemorative plates
�  No brake (stop) lights
� Expired commemorative plates/stickers �  No or defective windshield wipers
�  No or disconnect ed muffler
� Tampered/marked plate or stickers �  Dirty and unsight ly or dilapidat ed motor vehicle
�  Failure to paint or improper painting of authorized route (jeepney s)
� Illegal transfer of plates, tags, or stickers �  Non-painting of business name or trade name on vehicle used for business trade
�  Unauthori z ed improvised number plates If plates are made to appear as registered
�  Illegal transfer and use of plates/tags or stickers in the commission of a crime to operate as FOR HIRE
�  Failure to put "NOT FOR HIRE" sign on jeepneys/ jit ney not operated FOR HIRE
�  Illegal use of commemorative plates without proper authority �  Unlawf ul use or attachment of siren/bell/ hor n/ whist le/gadget that produces
exceptionally loud or startling sound, including dome lights, blinker s, and similar
� Without conduction stickers
signaling/f las hing devices
�  Glaring front or rear body parts and/or sporting dazzling accessori es.
� No sticker showing the correct year
�  Operation of vehicles with right-hand steering wheel

4
3

Violations Relative to For-Hire Motor Vehicle Parts, Accessories


Weights and Load Limits
� Dirty and unsanitary equipment
� Defective Equipment (not roadworthy)
�  Load extended beyond projected width without permit
� No handbrakes
� Defective handbrakes
� No or defective speedometer
� Defective or broken windshield
� No or defective windshield wipers
� No rear view mirror �  Overloading
� No interior lights
�  No name or business name and address on vehicle �  Operating a vehicle in excess of limits
� No spare tire
�  Unauthorized bell, siren, or exhaust whistle �  Total weight of cargo carrying device or passenger truck in excess of 100 kilos
�  No red flag or red lights on projecting load
� No body number on vehicle �  Allowing load in excess of its carrying capacity
� No Early Warning Device
� Failure to install EWD 4 meters away to the front and back of stalled vehicle. No capacity [ Conductor- P 150 ] [ Driver-P150 ]
markings. �  Baggage or freight carried on top of truck exceeds 20KGs/SQ M and not distribut ed
� Installation of jalousies, curtains, dim lights, strobe lights, or similar lights/tinted, colored or painted
windshield or window glass properl y
�  Failure to post signage instructing passengers of public motor vehicles required to wear seat �  Unsafe load
belts to FASTEN SEAT BELTS
[Driver-P300.00] [Operator-P300.00]For any infraction to retrofit with/install required
seatbelt/anchorage/s eat
�  Orientation as prescribed (1st offense)(2nd offense)(3rd offense)
� Out of Line - Operating outside its authorized route

5
6

102 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Breach of Condition of Franchise and Related Violations

�  Employi n g insolent, discourteous or arrogant drivers or conduct or s

�  Colorum operation (1st Offense: Driver-P500, Operator-P1000) �  Refusal to convey passenger s to proper destinat ion (trip cutting)

�  Refusal to render service to the public [ Driver-P1000 ] [ Operator-P1000 ]

�  Colorum operation (2nd Offense: Driver-P750, Operator-P2000) �  No issuance of fare ticket on bus [ Conductor -P 375 ] [ Operator-P375 ]

�  Unauthori z ed commerci al or business name, allowing another to use his commerc ial or

�  Colorum operation (3rd Offense: Driver-P1000, Operator-P3000) business name


�  Undue preference or unjust discrimi nat ion [ Driver-P375 ] [ Operator-P375 ]

�  Colorum operation or private use despite suspended CR �  Overchar ging/ Underc har ging

�  Operating truck during truck ban �  [ Driver/Conduct or- P 500 ] [ Operator/Owner-P 500 ]

�  Breach of franchis e conditions


�  No franchise/ c ertif ic at e of public conveyanc e or evidence of franchise in the motor

vehicle

7 8

Parking Violations
Fraud and Falsities

� Parking within an intersection

� Parking on a crosswalk
�  Fake license, identific ation card, or permit

�  Parking within 6 meters of the intersection of curb lines


�  Parking within 4 meters of the driveway entrance to any fire station
�  Fake CR, OR, plates, tags, or stickers, or spurious documents
[ Driver-P1000 ] [ Operator-P2000 ]
�  Parking within 4 meters of a fire hydrant

�  Parking in front of a private driveway


�  Misrepres enting a copy of a document before Traffic Adjudic ation Service (TAS)
�  Double parking

�  Parking at any place where official signs are posted prohibit ed parking

9 10

Other Violations
�  Illegal turn
�  Failure to come to a complete stop on a
� 
� 
Driving against traffic
Illegal overtaking
through street or railroad crossing
�  Failure to yield to the right of way coming from a private road or driveway
�  Overtaking at an unsafe distance
�  �  Failure to yield to the right of way of an ambulance, police car, or fire dept
Cutting an overtaken vehicle
vehicle
�  Failure to give way to an overtaking vehicle
�  Failure to come to a complete stop on a through highway or stop
�  Increasing speed when being overtaken before the overtaking vehicle has
�  intersection
�  completely passed Failure to give proper turn/stop signals
Overtaking when left side is not visible or clear of incoming traffic
�  Illegal right turn
�  Overtaking on a crest of a grade
�  Illegal left turn
�  Overtaking on a curve
�  Overtaking at a railway grade crossing �  Failure to stop motor vehicle and apply handbrake when left unattended
�  Obstruction to traffic
�  Overtaking in an intersection
�  Failure to wear the prescribed seat belt devices and/or failure to require
�  Overtaking between MEN WORKING or CAUTION signs
passengers to wear prescribed seatbelt
�  Overtaking in a NO OVERTAKING zone
�  Failure to yield right of way (same time rule) �  1st Offense [ Driver-P250.00 ] [ Operator-P250.00 ]
�  Failure to yield to the right of way (first at intersection rule) 2nd Offense [ Driver-P500.00 ] [ Operator-P500.00 ]
�  3rd Offense [ Driver-P1000.00 ] [ Operator-P1000.00 ]
�  Failure to yield to pedestrians at a crosswalk
�  Allowing a passenger on top or on the cover of a vehicle
�  Permitting a passenger to ride on the running board, step board, or
mudguard of a vehicle

11
12

MODULE V FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 103
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Arroganc e or discourtesy
Taxi Unit Violations
  Disregarding traffic signs
  No helmet when driving or riding a motorcycle �  Fast, tampered, defective, or no operating taximeters (1st offense)[ Driver-P2000.00 ]
[ Operator-P2500.00 ]
  Reckless driving (1st offense)
� Fast, tampered, defective, or no operating taximeters (2nd offense)[ Driver-P3000.00 ]
  Reckless driving (2nd offense) [Operator-P2500.00 ]
� Fast, tampered, defective, or no operating taximeters (3rd offense)[ Driver-P5000.00 ]
  Reckless driving (3rd offense) [Operator-P2500.00 ]
� Tampered, broken, joined, reconnected, fake or altered sealing wire[ Driver-P1000.00 ]
  Failure to dim headlights [Operator-P1000.00 ]
�  Refusal to render service to the public/conv ey passenger to destination
  Use of slippers or sleeveless shirts when driving a FOR HIRE vehicle �  [ Driver-P1000.00 ] [ Operator-P1000.00 ]
  Driving or parking in a place not designed for parking or driving Violation of color scheme. Adoption of new color design w/o authority
�  Unregistered or unauthorized trade/business name or its unauthorized use
(i.e. sidewalks, alleys, etc .)
� No body number
  Failure to give way to police, fire department vehicles or ambulances
�  Old meter, transmission seal or triplex seal
  Hitching-per mi t ti ng any person to hang onto or ride on the outside of a vehicle such
� Loose triplex seal
�  Flagged up taxi meter/Operating on contractual basis
as a person on a bicycle/skateboard/ro ll er skates � No taxi driver's uniform
  Smoke Belching (1st Offense) � No taximeter [ Driver-P1000.00 ] [ Operator-P1000 ]Installing air-conditioning unit w/o
authority
  Smoke Belching (2nd Offense) � Failure to paint AIRCON on taxi unit
�  Failure to provide light on taximeter
  Smoke Belching (3rd Offense) �  Failure to provide top light indicating availability
� Failure to provide clean seat covers
  Disregarding traffic officer � Failure of owner/operator to paint his name and address on the unit

13 14

104 MODULE V FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE VI : BASIC PRINCIPLES OF DEFENSIVE DRIVING
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 9 and 10

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Motorpool / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Sixteen (16) hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Available Motor Vehicle
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Notebook, ballpen
TRAINING REFERENCES : R.A. No. 4136 (Transportation Code of the

Philippines) Book on Trafficology (The Science of


Traffic) Revised Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit
Bragado
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will teach the PTs on the

basic principles on defensive driving and motor


vehicle maintenance.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Understand the basic principles of defensive driving; and

T.O. #2 : Be familiar about the parts of a motor vehicle.

104 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
A TIME
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Not Completed
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE
Assembly Call As appropriate
Calisthenics/
4:00 5:00 (4:15 AM) Reason(s):
Warm-up Exercises/
AM AM Accounting
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run
Distribution of PERSONAL Completed
Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST As appropriate
AOR AOR Clean-up Reason(s):
5:00 7:00 Availability and Personal hygiene
AM AM Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed
DAY 9
Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
7:00 7:45 AM) Accounting Report As appropriate
AM AM Rank Inspection Rank Inspection Reason(s):
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis
AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report
7:45 8:00
Basic Principles INTRODUCTION TO Completed
AM AM of Defensive MODULE VI: BASIC
Driving PRINCIPLES OF Not Completed
Availability of DEFENSIVE DRIVING As appropriate
Learning Aids Invocation: Police Officer’s
Reason(s):
Required Prayer
Training Goals
MODULE VI
Training Objectives
FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 105
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Subject Matter AND DISCUSSION
Expert Road Courtesy Not Completed
8:00 12:00 o with SME Traffic Lights As appropriate
AM NN
o without SME Road Signs
Reason(s):
Motor Vehicle
Maintenance

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for As appropriate
Lunch
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/
call formation Attendance in the Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


Prior to dispatch for PE
Not Completed
1:15 1:30
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

AOR Map PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1 Completed

Not Completed
1:30 4:45
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

106 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our As appropriate
PM PM concerns Father) Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal tasking
Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for As appropriate
PM PM Dinner
Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


study time
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to
Sleep (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 107
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed
As appropriate
9:30 AM
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

108 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/ As appropriate
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
meal
10

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
Y
DA

(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed


AM) Accounting Report
Rank Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
AM AM Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report
Briefing on BRIEFING ON T.O. #2 OF Completed
T.O.#2 of MODULE VI
Module VI Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Availability of As appropriate
Learning Aids
AM AM Required Reason(s):

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 109
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Subject Matter
Expert (8:00 Not Completed
8:00 12:00 AM)
o with SME As appropriate
AM NN o without SME Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for
Lunch As appropriate
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/
call formation Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


Prior to dispatch for PE
Not Completed
1:15 1:30
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

AOR Map PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


(CONTINUATION)
Not Completed
1:30 4:45
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

110 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our
PM PM concerns Father) Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


5:00 6:00 personal tasking
Not Completed
PM PM As appropriate
Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for As appropriate
Dinner
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


study time
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

FORMATION Completed
Roll Call Formation/
9:00 9:30 Attendance
Attendance before Time Not Completed
Sheet
for All Personnel to As appropriate
Sleep (TAPS)
Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 111
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

112 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module VI
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
BASIC PRINCIPLES ON DEFENSIVE DRIVING

FTO’s Note: Start the training day with the POLICE OFFICE R’S PRAYER to be led
by one of the PTs. The same PT will deliver THE LORD’S PRAYER at
the end of the day. This should be done on a rotation basis.

GOAL

This module will teach you with the basic principles on defensive driving and
motor vehicle maintenance.

OBJECTIVES

After this module, you will be able to:

Understand the basic principles of defensive driving; and


Be familiar about the parts of a motor vehicle.

DEFENSIVE DRIVING

Defensive Driving is defined as preventing crashes before they occur. It is the


demonstration of an attitude, awareness and driving skills such as:

Stay alert and keep eyes moving so that you can keep track of what is
happening at all times;

Look for trouble spots developing around you;

Have a plan of action if the other driver makes mistakes; and

Know that the law requires from drivers to protect each other from their own
mistakes.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 113
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

A DEFENSIVE DRIVER

A defensive driver must:

Be able to keep a safe driving record;

Have a positive attitude on road safety;

Be physically and mentally fit to drive; and

Have received proper training before driving.

FACTORS THAT AFFECT DRIVING

Attitude

A defensive driver must develop and demonstrate an attitude that:

Shows concern for other road users;


Recognizes that other road users will make mistakes;

Knows no journey is so urgent that a safe speed can be maintained;

Believes that driving is a skill which requires the application of good


techniques; and

Believes that safe driving requires an alert mind at all times.

Behavior

An ideal defensive driver:

Always clean seatbelts;

Keeps within the advisory speed limit;

Constantly scans the road for potential hazard;

Signals one’s intentions at all times; and

Shows courtesy at all times.

114 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FACTORS AFFECTING THE BEHAVIOR OF THE DRIVER

Right Mental Attitude

A defensive driver always maintains a safe caution of distance in front and


behind his vehicle by: a) observing the four-second rule b) adopting a positive and
skilled mental approach.

Search – the road seen ahead, around and rear of the vehicle

Identity – the potential and immediate hazard on the road

Predict – the actions of other road users

Decide – what to do to avoid an unsafe situation

KEY TO EFFECTIVE DEFENSIVE DRIVING

Concentration

Standard of vision, hearing and health all have a bearing on the amount of
concentration.

The driver must adjust the speed of the vehicle on the degree of concentration
one is able to apply.

DRIVING PLANS AND DECISIONS

Driving plans should be made on the correct assessment of the changing scene
both ahead or to the rear of the vehicle.

Driving plans should enable the driver to make decisions in a methodical manner.

Plans and decisions are combination of what can be seen, what cannot be seen
circumstances which are expected to arise and allowances for the mistakes of
other road users.

VIEW FROM THE VEHICLE

The driver must aim to have the best possible view of the area around the
vehicle.

Windows and windshield must be clean.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 115
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Washers and wipers should be functioning.

Mirrors are properly adjusted at the start of the journey.

VISION AFFECTED BY SPEED

The driver must adjust the length and the depth of one’s vision according to the
speed trail.

Focus further ahead as speed increases.

Road and traffic conditions will govern speed.

VISION AFFECTED BY FATIGUE

Continuous driving for long period will cause fatigue which may result to eye
strain.

Recognition and assessment of dangerous situations may become delayed and


inaccurate.

Making it essential to have period of rest.

WEATHER CONDITIONS

Fog, rain, fading daylight or bright sunshine will reduce visibility so speed must be
kept low.

ROAD SURFACE

A good driver is one who looks ahead and recognizes any change in the road
surface. Keep a steady speed on open roads. Slow down smoothly. Press the gas
pedal lightly. Starting up slowly give other drivers and people walking a chance to see
what you are doing. They can then judge how to react. When you have reached the
speed you want, glance at the speedometer.

DRIVING TECHNIQUES AND SAFETY

KEYS TO SAFE DRIVING

Good vision, look with your eyes but see with your mind.

Obeying traffic rules and regulations.

116 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Proper care of your car.

Be courteous to other road users.

Proper signaling. Failure to signal is dangerous and inconsiderate.

Physical fitness. Let someone else take the wheel if you are not physically and
mentally alert.

Proper Use of Brakes

A good driver uses the brakes. An experienced driver is able to make without
using his brakes a great deal and yet be perfectly safe, as compared to the less
experienced one who keeps on banging at the brakes every now and then. Skidding
is caused by sudden hard and violent braking as the weight of the vehicle is thrown
forward and downward thereby subjecting the front suspension to a force greatly in
excess of what is normal. Steering therefore becomes unwieldy and because the
weight at the back is suddenly transferred to the front, road holding by the rear tires is
greatly reduced – hence sliding and skidding. A good driver should therefore be able
to anticipate stops by intelligently reading the road and be able to apply progressive
light braking and have control of the vehicle at all times, smoothly stopping before
any potential hazard with ease.

Steering

In order to have control of the car, the driver must be sitting in the correct and
comfortable position.

When turning, move hand in the direction you are going should pull down; the
other hand allowing the wheel to pass through it, if necessary, the other hand
can help by pushing the wheel upward.

When transferring from one lane to another, or when pulling in after overtaking,
the turn should be gradual and never a sudden swerve which may result in
skidding.

A firm, not a tight, grip on the wheel is all that is needed. Never grip tightly on a
greasy road.

Do not move the wheel to and from while driving. A firm straight steer is better.

Both elbows should be free from obstruction. Never rest the left elbow on the
window frame while driving.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 117
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Never drive off without first having made sure that the seat, mirror, doors
windows, etc., are properly adjusted.

Gear Changing

Avoid over-reviving in lower gears. Direct causes of over-hearing are engine wear
and high fuel consumption. Do not put unnecessary load on your engine by not
changing to lower gear when necessary. Change gear before a potential hazard.

Stopping

A driver should have the ability to judge how much time and space needed to stop
the vehicle. The amount of time it takes to see when to stop until stepping on the
brakes is called REACTION TIME. A motor vehicle is considered stopped when
passengers and cargoes were loaded and unloaded for about ten (10) minutes or
more. There is no simple way to tell how long it will take one to stop at a certain
speed. Signs, signals and traffic rules tell us to stop.

RIGHT-OF-WAY RULES

First-Time Vehicle Rule

At all intersections without ―stop‖ or ―yield‖ signs, slow down and prepare to
stop. Yield to vehicles already in the intersection or about to enter it.

Same-Time Vehicle Rule

At all intersections without ―stop‖ or ―yield‖ signs (or with stops in all
directions), yield to the vehicle on your right if it has reached the intersection of
same time as your vehicle.

Stop Signs

Stop at any limit line or crosswalk. Yield to all approaching vehicles on the
through street, go only when it is safe for you to cross. Approaching vehicles
should slow down and allow you to get across safely.

Left Turn

Signal left turn and yield to approaching traffic until it is completely safe to
finish the turn.

118 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Rotonda

Vehicles around the rotonda have the right-of-way over vehicles which are
just about to enter.

When entering a highway from a driveway, yield the right-of-way to traffic


on the highway. Never insist on taking the right-of-way if other drivers are not
following the rules, let them have the right-of-way even if it belongs to you to
prevent possible accidents. However, do not always insist on others going
ahead of you, slowing and stopping may delay the flow of traffic.

Give the Right-of-Way to Emergency Vehicles

One should yield the right-of-way to police cars, fire trucks, ambulances and other
emergency vehicles which are sounding a siren or bell or flashing a red light by
pulling to the edge of the roadway and stopping. In the event traffic is so congested
as to prevent you from safely doing so, slow down and leave a clear path for the
emergency vehicles.

PASSING

The law places the responsibility on the driver of the passing car, if the driver
makes mistakes in passing, the person is held liable.

Important Things to Remember in Passing

It is illegal to speed up when being passed. Continue at the same speed or


reduce your speed.

Help other drivers to pass safely. Move to the right side of your lane to give the
other driver more room and a better view ahead.

Show the passing driver the same courtesy that you would expect from other
drivers.

When Not to Pass - Especially on Roads Marked by Signs

At no-passing zone marked by signs or by solid yellow lanes or double-solid


yellow lines which indicate no passing.

On blind-curves where you would not be able to see incoming cars, always stay
in your own lane on any curve, out of the way of incoming traffic.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 119
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

On going up a hill, passing is not allowed from 700 to 1,000 feet from the top of a
hill.

At intersections or railroad crossing where other vehicles or pedestrians may


suddenly appear or unless such intersections is controlled by traffic signal.

Near a bridge or underpass that may cut-off a road shoulder, you or the car
passed might need to use the shoulder road in case emergency arises.

Where Passing is Not Safe

When there is a long time of cars ahead.

When you intend to turn or stop very soon.

When an incoming car is too close.

When the car ahead is going at or near the speed limit. Speed limit is still applied
when passing.

When sight distance ahead is limited.

When the maneuver would have to be completed in a no-passing zone such as


hill, curve or intersection.

Passing on the Right is Permitted Only

When overtaking another vehicle making or about to make a left turn or signaling
intent to make a left turn.

On streets and highways marked for multi-lanes.

On one-way traffic streets.

CURVES

To make it around a tight curve, keep the turning of the front wheels in line with
the sharpness of the curve. When turning right, keep your front wheel close to the
center line. This prevents the rear wheels from dropping off the pavement. When
curving left keep your front wheels close to the right edge to prevent the rear wheels
from drifting into the other lane.

Avoid braking in a curve because this can cause you to skid out of control. Slow
down before you get into the curve. Accelerate after you have passed the midpoint of
the turn.

120 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

ROAD SAFETY

A vehicle should be properly equipped and must always be in good condition for
safe driving. No one can legally drive a vehicle that may be a hazard to any person
and property just like its operator, it needs regular clean-up and check-up.

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE

Underneath Parts

Check the tie rod. Low tire pressure may cause the wear and tear pressure.
Always equip vehicle with spare tires. Tires with worn out thread will slide more
easily on wet pavements and may blow-out without warning.

Outside Parts

Have clean rearview mirrors to see at least 200 feet behind. Windows must
be clean and free of obstruction. Check vehicle lights if they are all working
such as tail lights, turn signals, stop lights, license plate lights, and parking
lights. Check wipers if they operate properly to clear the windshield. Check
mufflers to prevent excessive noise and smoke.

Inside Parts

Engine Tune-up. As part of the tune-up, spark plugs, distributor points,


condenser and air cleaner must be replaced, carburetor must be cleaned
periodically.

Battery. It must be kept in good condition. Add distilled water if the level is low.

Safety Devices. Check devices such as fuses and circuit breakers.

Radiator. Check radiator fluid level before starting the engine.

Foot Brake. Brakes and parking brakes must be firm enough to stop.

Others. Check the temperature gauge and hose connections, brake fluid
and master cylinder. Be sure to check the type of gasoline/oil suited to your
vehicle. Check horn if it can be heard from a distance.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PRO


GRAM 121
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

A defective steering wheel, clutch, pedals and shift gears need serious
attention. Turn the ignition if lights and gauges register. The car’s gauge
warns the driver if something is going wrong.

Finding a competent and dependable mechanic is important to a driver


for proper maintenance and prevention of car problems before they
become critical. It is the responsibility of the driver to keep the car in good
running condition.

DRIVER’S PHYSICAL CONDITION

It is enough to have a vehicle in good running condition to ensure safety in


driving. As a driver, you must be physically, emotionally and mentally fit to operate
your vehicle on the road. This is vital to safe driving.

Vision

A driver must see quickly, clearly and accurately. Seeing too late makes
decisions come too late. Decisions made while driving are based on what the
driver see. If eyes do not see properly, it can be corrected by using corrective
lenses.

Smell

By smelling, you can tell the presence of gas that may be coming out of
your car. Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning may result to drowsiness,
headaches, nausea or mental dullness that impairs your driving ability. Check
your engine and exhaust system if they are in top condition.

Hearing

A driver who has impaired hearing may not hear important sound like
police vehicles, sirens of fire engines and horns of other drivers who wish to
pass. The use of hearing aids overcomes this defect.

Touch

Proper coordination of hand and feet helps in controlling the vehicle while
in motion. Sensitivity to the important parts of the car such as brakes, steering
system, accelerator, lights, and signals through your sense of touch enables
you to determine any incoming failure that may surprise you and the other
driver to an emergency.

122 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Emotions

Emotions affect driving performance. Failure to control emotions may lead


to driving errors.

Anger – it impairs the performance of smooth braking and accelerating due to


changes in some body functions such as increase in heartbeats.

Anxiety – it may lead to panic decisions.

Excitement – stress and sometimes happiness changes the functions of the


body and mind that prevents wise decision necessary for safe driving.

Fatigue – is the most common cause that lowers driver’s fitness. Fatigue may
come from lack of sleep, excessive physical exercise or from mental or
emotional stress. Fatigue dulls the mind and slows down nerve and
muscular responses. As a good driver, you must learn to cope with all
these emotions, to perform the driving task safely and effectively.

TIPS IN DRIVING

Night Driving

Adjust your driving according to the weather and time. Do not try to drive
the same speed at night that you do by day you should slow down. You see
less at night and so do other drivers. Be sure that you can see clearly in your
head lights. Be extra alert to pedestrians, bicycles and motorcycles.

Things to Remember when Driving at Night

It is best to turn your headlight on at sunset. Do not blind other drivers with
your headlights. Use your high beams only in open roads when other cars
are not near.

Dim your lights by switching the low beams as a vehicle comes toward you. If
you are following another vehicle, switch to low beams when you get
closer.

Night driving is difficult. Try to slow your speed while driving.

Give enough room and space to vehicles ahead of you.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 123
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Drive as far as possible if a vehicle with one light comes toward you.

When driving a brightly lit place, drive slowly until your eyes adjust to
darkness. Avoid looking directly into the glare of incoming headlights.
Watch the right edges of your lane, noting the position of the incoming
vehicle out of the corner of your eye.

Do not wear sunglasses when driving at night.

When in the act of overtaking or passing at night, switch to high beam then
back to low, warning the driver you wish to pass.

On long drives, keep awake and alert. Do not drive if you are tired or sleepy.
Stopping often, fresh air and singing or conversation can help avoid
drowsiness. If you get too sleepy, park at the shoulder of the road and take
a nap for few minutes.

Driving in the Rain

Rain affects your vehicles stability. Rain acts as lubricant, making road
surfaces slippery. Heavy downpour brings floods, causes heavy traffic and
creates puddles on the road that requires proper controlling and maneuvering
of motor vehicles. It makes windshields, headlights, mirrors, and taillights
blurred and dirty.

Things to do while Driving in the Rain:

Turn your headlights when visibility is very poor.

Slow down at first sign of rain or drizzle on the roadway. This is when many
road pavements are most slippery because oil and dust have not been
washed away.

Driving on flooded roads could lose your brakes. If this happens, test your
brakes thoroughly to dry them out (do this if the engine has not drowned
and once beyond the flooded stretch).

Avoid instant stopping, turning and starting the engine.

Increase your ―following‖ distance and allow extra space.

Clean your windshield, washers and check wiper blades if they are working.

124 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

SAVING TIPS ON GASOLINE USAGE

Do not race your engine once started. Wait until the engine has warmed up.
Warming up the engine by driving gives you better gasoline economy.

Avoid jack-rabbit starts, take-off and sudden stops. Gradual acceleration saves
gas and car’s wear and tear.

Keep proper air pressure in tires. Incorrect tire pressure reduces gasoline
mileage, wears out tires faster and makes vehicle handling difficult.

Shift to high gear as soon as you can and stay there as long as you can. Low-
gear speed consumes much more fuel than high gear speed.

Preferably use smaller cars. Smaller engines usually give better economy.

Plan your trips. Avoid congested routes and cover as many errands as possible
in a single trip.

Avoid parking in the sun. Gas evaporates rapidly when exposed to hot weather.

Use car pools and other public transport vehicles.

Eliminate unneeded cargoes and fuel consuming loads.

Do not fill your gas tank to the brim. Allow for expansion to avoid wastage.

DRIVING AND ALCOHOL

Driving is not safe when drunk. It is said that ―If you drink, do not drive‖. Driving
a motor vehicle requires concentration. Driver’s found driving under the i nfluence of
alcohol is punishable by law.

ROAD COURTESY

Other Motorists

Give proper signals to other motorists. It is very vital to signal your intention of
stopping, passing, turning left or right, or slowing down to warn other
drivers.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PRO


GRAM 125
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

In parking, wait for vacant spaces and give consideration to those who came
first. Park orderly to give enough space to those incoming vehicles who
would also be parking.

Extend assistance to other drivers who happen to have vehicle trouble along
the road.

Give way to vehicles who would like to overtake your path, although you know
that you have the right-of-way.

Give proper courtesy to motorcyclists, bicyclists and other road users.

Check your distance with other vehicles. Avoid tail-gaiting.

Passengers

Drivers should be courteous and considerate to their passengers.

Be careful while driving. Follow strictly traffic signs and signals to avoid delay
once apprehended.

Do not slam your brakes or press your pedals too hard. Your passengers
might not be able to hold themselves and may get hurt inside your vehicle.

Be sure your passengers have stepped-out of your vehicle safely before


starting to move.

To taxi drivers, be honest to your passengers. Do not drive with fast meters
and always give them their exact change.

Do not smoke while driving.

To public utility or for hire drivers, avoid trip cutting.

The Role of Passengers

Passengers should never do anything to interfere with the driver and as much
as possible do not distract him while driving.

In looking for a street name or address, the passenger must assist the driver
and do the searching.

126 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

The passenger must handle the paying or change in approaching a toll booth.

Passengers should discourage the driver from reckless behavior.

If the driver’s decision is impaired by anger, alcohol or by any other reason,


the passenger may decide to risk a friendship or may refuse to ride the car
he.

Pedestrians

Drivers have special obligations to pedestrians.

Children. They often forget the dangers of traffic when playing on sidewalks.
They run into the street without thinking. Be alert.

Older People. They may not see or hear very well and may not move of the
way quickly, so give them time to cross.

Persons with Disability. Visually impaired people crossing the roads with white
cane are pedestrians. The same are for persons confined in wheelchairs
while crossing the streets. They should be given the greatest possible
caution and attention. When you see persons with disability crossing the
road, do not honk your horns.

INTERNATIONAL TRAFFIC SIGNS

Traffic signs have important messages to convey. Their shapes and colors carry
the same meaning everywhere.

Danger Warning Signs - are intended to warn road users of a danger on the road
and to inform them of its nature.

Shape : Equilateral, triangular with one side horizontal


Color : ReRed

Examples : CAUTION : School Zone

CAUTION : Road Narrows Ahead

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 127


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

DRIVER’S SIGNALS

The law requires every driver to signal to the other driver when planning to turn
left or right, slow down or stop, to change from one lane to another, to leave the
roadway or to move out from a parked position.

Proper Lane - Left Turn

Vehicles making a left turn should be in the lane to the right of the center of
the road. Vehicles making a left at an intersection should wait for a green light,
move with caution into the intersection and when all oncoming traffic has
cleared the intersection, complete the left turn.

Proper Lane - Right Turn

Driver in the lane at the right edge of the roadway before making turn,
unless signs or markings indicate otherwise.

Making a Stop

Slow down and give the proper light or arm signal. Lightly tap pedal to slow
down and signal with brake lights as a warning. Signals maybe given by the
hand-and-arm position and by brake or signal lights. If vehicle is built so that
hand-and-arm signals cannot be easily be seen, signal lights must be used.
Signal your left or right turn during at least the last 100 feet before reaching
the turning point, at highway speed it is best to signal at least five (5) seconds
before you change lanes. Check that you have safe clearance to the side,
ahead and behind your vehicle. In addition to giving proper signals, watch for
signals from other drivers. Bicycle riders may give right turn signals with their
right arm held straight out, pointing right.

Pedestrian Signals

Motorists should be aware of pedestrian signal indications. They are used


to control pedestrian traffic at intersections where there is conflict between
vehicle and pedestrian movement. While these pedestrians are crossing the
roadway, they have the right-of-way over all vehicles.

A pedestrian facing the green walk signal may proceed across the roadway
in the direction of the signal.

128 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

A pedestrian facing a steady flashing ―Don’t Walk‖ signal should not start
to cross the roadway. If a pedestrian has entered the roadway on the ―Walk‖
signal and the ―Don’t Walk‖ signal appears, the person should proceed as
quickly as possible to a safe area. While doing this, pedestrians still have the
right-of-way over vehicles.

Also a pedestrian should not cross the roadway when vehicular traffic has
flashing green signal, unless he is facing a ―Walk‖ signal.

TRAFFIC SIGNALS

Red Signal

Unless a sign indicates otherwise, a right turn may be made on a red signal or
from a one-way street to a one-way street provided the vehicle is first brought to a
stop, and always subject to the right-of-way of pedestrians and other traffic.

Flashing Red Signal

A flashing red signal means bring your vehicle to a stop and proceed only
when it is safe to do so.

Flashing Red Beacon

The flashing red signal maybe an overhead beacon used in conjunction


with a stop sign or a beacon located directly above a stop sign.

Yellow Signal

A yellow signal indicates that the red signal is about to appear. Stop the
vehicle if you can do so safely, otherwise you may proceed with caution.

Flashing Yellow Signal

A flashing yellow signal means proceed with caution.

Flashing Yellow Beacon

When a flashing yellow signal is incorporated with an overhead beacon or


a beacon located directly above a warning sign, it warns you to proceed with
caution.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 129
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Yellow Arrow

In some traffic control signal, a yellow arrow appears after a green arrow.
When the yellow arrow appears, it means the red or solid green signal is about
to appear. Therefore, stop the vehicle safely, if can be done, otherwise,
proceed with caution.

Green Signal

A green signal means you proceed provided you yield to pedestrians and
other traffic lawfully using the intersection. When making a turn on a green
signal, remember that the pedestrian crossing on the green signal have the
right-of-way. Be sure that you do not block the traffic.

Flashing Green Signal

When a flashing green signal or a left turn green arrow with a green signal is
used, it permits the vehicle facing that signal to turn left, turn right or go through
while opposite traffic faces a red signal. A pedestrian must not proceed on a
flashing green signal or green left turn arrow unless a ―Walk‖ signal is shown.

Green Arrow With Or Without A Red Signal

When a green arrow is shown with or without a red signal, you may enter
the intersection to move only in the direction shown by the arrow.

PAVEMENT MARKINGS

Lines and symbols on roadways are used to warn and direct drivers and to
control the flow of traffic.

White Lane Lines

White Lane Lines are white lines separating lanes of traffic moving in the
same direction. Crossing of solid white line requires special care and is
discouraged.

Solid broken white line means passing to the left or right is allowed
provided the way is clear.

130 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Yellow Lane Lines

Yellow lane line is a dividing line separating traffic traveling opposite


directions.

Solid yellow line at the left lane means it is not safe to pass.

Broken yellow line means passing is allowed if the way ahead and rear is
clear.

Solid double yellow line at the left lane means it is unsafe to pass. Never
cross it to pass another vehicle. The line maybe crossed only to enter or leave
a driveway or private road or to make a permitted ―U-turn‖.

Double-line with both broken and solid markings. A double line consisting
of a single broken yellow line parallel to a single solid yellow line is used to
show a two-way road or highway where passing is permitted on the side of the
broken line, but not on the side of the solid line. This type of marking is often
seen on two- and three-lane roadways. Traffic on the left side of the solid line
may cross this marking only when making a left turn.

Climbing and Passing Lanes

This sign is usually installed two (2) kilometers in advance in an


approaching location where a climbing or passing lane has been provided and
is marked on the highway.

Passing lanes allow slower vehicles to move into the right hand lane,
permitting faster vehicles to pass safely in the left lane.

When approaching the end of the climbing or passing lane, the driver in the
right-hand lane must merge with other traffic in the center lane in the same
direction.

Left Turn Center Lanes

Left turn center lane is the lane in the middle of a two-way street. The lane
is bordered on either side by two (2) painted lines: the inner broken line and
the outside solid line. Use the lane only when you want to turn left to leave a
street, when turning left into the street or to start a permitted ―U-turn‖.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 131
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

To turn left from a street, signal for a left-turn and drive completely inside
the lane. Don’t stop at an angle with the rear of your vehicle blocking traffic.
Turn only when it is safe. Look for vehicles approaching in the same lane to
make their turns.

To turn left from a side street or driveway, drive into the lane when it is safe
then signal your intent to move into the normal flow of traffic and make the
move when it is safe.

You may drive across the left turn center lane. You must also use this lane
to start a ―U-turn‖, if it is permitted and safe.

Bike Lane

Although bike lanes are seldom in our highways, this is painted on the
pavements by a solid white line along either side of the street, four (4) feet or
more from the curb. The line is usually broken near the corner. The letters
―BIKE LANE‖ are painted on the pavement at intervals.

SPEED LIMIT

Any person driving a motor vehicle on a highway shall drive the same at careful and
prudent speed, not greater nor less than what is reasonable and proper, having due
regard for the traffic, the width of the highway and any other condition then and there
existing, and no person shall drive any motor vehicle upon a highway at such speed as to
endanger the life, limb and property of any person, nor at a speed greater than will permit
him to bring the vehicle to stop within the assured clear distance ahead.

PRESCRIBED RATE OF SPEED

The following are the prescribed rate of speed for vehicles per Sec. 35 of R.A. No.
4136 known as the Land Transportation and Traffic Code:

Maximum Passenger Cars Motor Trucks


Allowable Speed & Motorcycles & Buses

On open country roads with no ―blind corners‖ not closely bordered by habitations:

80 km/hour 50 km/hour

132 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

On ―through streets‖ or boulevards, clear of traffic with no ―blind corners‖,


when so designated:
40 km/hour 30 km/hour

On city and municipal streets with light traffic, when not designated ―through
streets‖:
30 km/hour 30 km/hour

Through crowded streets approaching intersections at ―blind corners‖, passing


school zones, passing other vehicles which are stationary or for similar dangerous
circumstances:
30 km/hour 20 km/hour

The prescribed rate of speed shall not apply to the following:

A physician or his driver when the former responds to emergency calls.

The driver of a hospital ambulance on the way to and from the place of accident
or other emergency.

Any driver bringing a wounded or sick person for emergency treatment to a


hospital, clinic or any similar place.

The driver of a motor vehicle belonging to the armed forces while in use for
official purposes in times of riot, insurrection or invasion.

The driver of a vehicle, when the passengers are in pursuit of a criminal.

A law enforcement officer who is trying to overtake a violator of traffic laws.

The driver officially operating a motor vehicle of any fire department provided that
exemption shall not construed to allow useless or unnecessary fast driving of
drivers.

KEEP DISTANCE FROM OTHER VEHICLES

Always keep safe distance from other vehicles. Leave yourself a space.

Be sure there is sufficient space for your vehicle to fit into the traffic flow. Do not
follow other vehicles too easily.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 133
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Avoid tailgaiting. Staying too close to a vehicle leaves no room for maneuvering. It
limits you to braking when things begin to stack up in the lane ahead.

Maintain a car-length distance when following a car. This will give you adequate
space, time to react and to stop safely if necessary.

Give motorcycles the same distance you would give to any other vehicles.
Motorcycles are entitled to the same full length, width as all other vehicles on
the road.

TURNING

Reduce speed in anticipation of making a turn.

Look behind and on both sides to see where other vehicles maybe before
changing lanes, then signal intention.

Move into the proper lane as soon as possible. The faster the traffic is moving,
the sooner it is to reach for the proper lane for making a turn.

Give a signal before making turns, changing lanes or moving right or left to
warn motorists about the intention of getting the right position on the road.

In turning, obey traffic signs and signals and yield the right-of-way to
pedestrians and vehicles in the intersection.

Right Turn

Turn into the right-hand lane when entering a roadway. Check traffic approaching
from the left. Follow the general curve of the curb while making the right turn. Stay as
close as possible to the curb.

Left Turn

Point the wheels straight ahead until actually starting to turn. Complete the turn
into any lane that is lawfully open. Look behind for traffic and check for blind spots.
When the way is clear, move into the left-hand lane keeping immediately to the right
of the centerline. Make left from right of the centerline. Make a left from right of point
where the centerline meets the intersection street.

134 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Left Turn from One-Way Street to Two-Way Street

Signal your intention to turn left. Look behind for traffic when the way is clear.
Move into the left-hand lane keeping immediately to the right of the center line. Look
ahead to the rear, to the left and right before starting to make your turn.

Enter the intersection one-way street into the left-hand lane. If the lane in the one-
way street is unmarked, keep immediately to the right or the left curb or edge of the
roadway.

Left Turn from One-Way Street to One-Way Street

Signal intention to turn left. Move the left side of the one-way street when the way
is clear. Look ahead, to the right and left before starting to make a turn. Enter the
intersecting one-way street into the left hand lane. If the lanes are unmarked, keep
immediately to the edge of the roadway.

Left-Turn from One Way Street to One-Way Street on Red Signal

A left turn may be made from a one-way street into a one-way street on a red
signal, provided the vehicle is first brought to full-stop, and subject always to the
right-of-way of pedestrians and other traffic.

U-Turns

U-turns are hazardous and are prohibited in some areas. When doing a ―U-
turn‖, start turning from the extreme right side of the roadway. Check for traffic in both
directions and make the proper turn signal. When the way is clear, turn the steering
wheel sharply to the left while moving slowly forward. When the wheels are turned
completely left, continue driving forward slowly until close to the left curb or edge or
roadways.

After having turned the wheels completely on the right side, continue backing up
slowly until close to the opposite curb. Repeat these maneuvers until turn is completed.

STOPPING

A driver of a motor vehicle is considered stopped when passengers and cargoes


were loaded and unloaded for about ten (10) minutes or more.

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 135
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

PARKING

A driver of a motor vehicle is considered parked after a full stop on the shoulder of
the road or in a parking lot, leaving the vehicle with the engine and ignition stopped
and hand brake on.

Place Where Parking is Prohibited

Parking is prohibited on a highway in such a manner as to obstruct a sidewalk, a


crosswalk, an entrance to the highway to or from a private road or lane, on
entrance to the highway to or from a private road or lane, on entrance-way for
vehicles to pass between the highway and land adjoining the highway.

Within three (3) meters of a point at the edge of a roadway.

Within four (4) meters nearest a fire hydrant.

On or within 100 meters of a bridge, over or under or across the highway.

Within 10 meters of the nearest rail of railway crossing.

In any area where signs prohibiting parking are displayed.

Within an intersection on a highway or if the intersection is controlled by a traffic


signal.

Within six (6) meters of a point at the edge of the roadway and nearest to a public
entrance to a hotel, theater or public hall while open to the public.

On all places where ―No Parking‖ signs are posted.

Parking on Hills

When car is parked on a hill, take precautions to make sure it stays there. A car
not properly parked on a hill could roll down into the traffic.

Parking Headed Uphill

When parking headed up hill, turn front wheels from the curb and let your vehicle
roll back few inches until the rear of one front wheel gently touches the curb. Then
set the parking brake. If there is no curb, turn the wheels toward the side of the road
so the car will not roll away from the center of the road if the brakes fail.

136 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Parking Headed Downhill

When parking headed downhill, turn front wheels into the curb or toward the side
of the road. When parking on a sloping driveway, turn the wheels so that the car will
not roll into the street if the brakes fail. Always set the parking brakes. Leave the
vehicle in gear.

BACKING

Success in backing a car depends on correct driving posture, seeing, steering,


and speed control.

Things to consider in backing a car:

When backing around a corner to the right or out from a driveway, check first for
traffic and pedestrian.

Turn body to the right and put right arm over the back of the passenger seat.
Look at the back window as well as the rear and front of the vehicle.

While backing, stay at the right side as much as possible.

During all maneuvers, make quick traffic checks to the front sides.

At intersection or railroad crossings, other vehicles or pedestrians may suddenly


appear or unless such intersection is controlled by traffic signal.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE

FTO Duties:

1.
Gasoline.

Introduce
vehicle:

a.

Gear

Il panel

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 137
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

l light

light

light

light

wheel

gears

belt

break

this activity.

FTO Responsibilities:

Shall be responsible for the safety and security of all PTs.

Shall be responsible in preparing the ideal venue of the activity.

FTO’s Note: During the study period:

What is defensive driving.


When should you yield?
What is the importance of BLOWBAG?

“Never silence your testimony. It’s meant for someone else; not you.” ―
Asia Mouzone

138 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MODULE VI SLIDES

•  Stay alert and keep eyes moving so that you can keep
–  Is an act of preventing accident c ommitted by wrong
doing of other drivers, attributed by adversed driving track of w hat is happening at all times;
condition; •  Look for trouble spots developing around you;
  Road condition •  Have a plan of action if the other driver does
  Traffic condition the w rong thing; and
  Vehicle condition •  Know that the law requires drivers to protect each
other from their ow n mistakes.
  Weather condition
  Driver

1 2

  Be able to keep a safe driving record. •  Attitude- a defensive driver must develop and
demons trat e an attitude that:
  Have a positive attitude on road safety. •  Show s concern for other road users;
  Be physically and mentally fit to drive. •  Recognizes that other road users w ill
make mistakes;
  Have received proper training before •  Know s no journey is so urgent that a safe
driving speed can be maintained;
•  Driving is a skill w hich requires the application
of good techniques; and
•  Believes that safe driving requires an alert
mind at all times

3 4

  Always clean a seatbelts; A defensive driver alw ays maintain a safe caution of
distance in front and behind his vehicles by:
  Keeps within the advisory speed limit; a)  observing the four-second rule
  Constantly scans the road for adopting a positive and skilled mental
approach.
potential hazard; •  Search – the road seen ahead, around and
  Signals his intentions at all times and rear of the vehicles.
•  Identity – the potential and immediate
  Shows courtesy at all times. hazard on the road.
•  Predict – the actions of other road users.
•  Decide – w hat to do to avoid an
unsafe situation

5 6

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 139


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

  Driving Plans and Decisions


  Driving plans should be made on the
correct assessment of the changing scene
  Concentration both ahead or to the rear of the vehicle.
  Standard of vision, hearing and health   Driving plans should enable the driver to
all have a bearing on the amount of make decisions in a methodical manner.
concentration.
  Plans and decisions are combination of
  The driver must adjust the speed of his what can be seen, what cannot be seen
vehicle on the degree of concentration circumstances which are expected to
he is able to apply. rise, allowances for the mistakes of
other road users

7 8

  View from the Vehicle   Visions affected by speed


  The driver must aim to have the best   The driver must adjust the length and the
possible view of the area around depth of his vision according to the speed
the vehicle trail.
  Windows and windshield must be clean.   Focus further ahead as his speed
  Washers and wipers should increases.
be functioning.   Road and traffic conditions will govern
  Mirrors are properly adjusted at the start speed.
of the journey

9 10

  Visions affected by fatigue   Weather Conditions


  Continuous driving for long periods will   Fog, rain, fading daylight or bright
cause fatigue which will result in sunshine will reduce visibility so
eye strain. speed must be kept low.
  Recognition and assessment of dangerous
situations will become late and inaccurate.
  Making it essential to have period of rest.

11 12

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


140
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  Road Surface
•  A good driver is one that looks ahead and
recognizes any change in the road surface.
•  Keep a steady speed on open roads. Slow dow •  Good vision, look w ith your eyes but see w
n smoothly. Press the gas pedal lightly. Starting ith your mind.
up slow ly give other drivers and people w •  Obeying traffic rules and regulations.
alking a chance to see w hat you are doing. •  Proper care of your car.
They can then judge how to react. When you •  Be courteous to other road users.
have reached the speed you w ant, glance at •  Proper signaling. Failure to signal is
the speedometer. dangerous and inconsiderate.
•  Physical fitness. Let someone else take the
wheel if you are not physically and mentally
alert.

13 14

•  A good driver uses his brakes. An experienced driver is able to •  In order to be able to have control of the car, the driver must be
make without using his brakes a great deal and yet be perfectly sitting in the correct comfortable position in relation to his size.
safe, as compared to the less experienced one who keeps on •  When turning, hand in the direction you are going should pull down;
banging at his brakes every now and then. Skidding is cause by the other hand allowing the wheel to pass through it, if necessary,
sudden hard and violent braking as the weight of the vehicle is the other hand can help by pushing the wheel upward.
thrown forward and downward thereby subjecting the front •  When transferring from one lane to another, or when pulling in after
suspension to a force greatly in excess of what is normal. Steering overtaking, the turn should be gradual and never a sudden swerve
therefore becomes unwieldy and because the weight at the back is which may result in skidding.
suddenly transferred to the front, road holding by the rear tires is
greatly reduced – hence sliding and skidding. A good driver should •  A firm, not a tight, grip on the wheel is all that is needed. Never grip
therefore be able to anticipate stops by intelligently reading the road tightly on a greasy road.
and be able to apply progressive light braking and have control of •  Do not move the wheel to and from while driving; a firm straight
the vehicle at all times, smoothly stopping before any potential steer is better.
hazard with ease. •  Both elbows should be free from obstruction. Never rest eh left
elbow on the window frame while driving.
•  Never drive off without first having made sure that the seat, mirror,
doors windows, etc., are properly adjusted.

15 16

  Avoid over-reviving in lower gears- a direct •  A driver should have the ability to judge how
much time and space you need to stop your
cause of over-hearing, engine wear and vehicle. The amount of time it takes for you to see w
high fuel consumption. Do not put hen to stop until you step on the brakes is
called REACTION TIME.
unnecessary load on your engine by not •  A driver of a motor vehicle, is considered
changing to lower gear when necessary. stopped w hen passengers and cargoes w ere
Change gear before a potential hazard. loaded and unloaded for about ten (10)
minutes or more.
•  There is no simple w ay on how long w ill it
take one stop at a certain speed. Signs,
signals and traffic rules tell us to stop.

17 18

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 141
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

–  Same Time Vehicle Rule


  At all intersections without "stop" or "yield"
signs (or with stops in all directions). Yield
–  First Time Vehicle Rule to the vehicle on your
  At all intersections without "stop" or right if it has reached the intersection
"yield" signs, slow down and prepare of same time as your vehicle.
to stop. Yield to vehicles already in the
intersection or about to enter it

19 20

–  Stop Signs –  Left Turn


  Stop at any limit line or crosswalk. Yield   Signal left turn and yield to approaching traffic
to all approaching vehicles on the until it is completely safe to finish the turn.
through street, go only when it is safe
for you to cross. Approaching vehicles
should slow down and allow you to get
across safely.

22
21

  When entering a highway from a driveway,


–  Rotonda yield the right-of-way to traffic on the
  Vehicles around the rotunda have the highway. Never insist on taking the right-
right-of-way over vehicles which are of-way if other drivers are not following the
just about to enter. rules, let them have the right-of-way even
if it belongs to you to prevent possible
accidents, however, do not always insist on
other going ahead of you, slowing and
stopping may delay the flow of traffic.

23 24

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


142
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

  One should yield the right-of-way to police   The law places the responsibility on the
cars, fire trucks, ambulances and other driver of the passing car, if the driver
emergency vehicles which are sounding makes mistakes in passing he is held
a siren or bell or flashing a red light by liable.
pulling to the edge of the roadway and
stopping. In the event traffic is so
congested as to prevent you from safely
doing so, slow down and leave a clear
path for the emergency vehicles.

25 26

•  It is illegal to speed up w hen being passed. •  At no-passing zone marked by signs or by solid y ellow
lanes or double-solid y ellow lines which indicate no
Continue at the same speed, or reduce passing.
your speed. •  On blind-curv es where y ou would not be able to see
oncoming cars, alway s stay in y our own lane on any
•  Help other drivers to pass safely. Move to the curv e, out of the way of oncoming traf f ic.
right side of your lane to give the other driver •  On going up a hill, passing is not allowed f rom 700 to
1,000 f eet f rom the top of a hill.
more room and a better view ahead. •  At intersections or railroad crossing-where other
•  Show the passing driver the same courtesy that v ehicles or pedestrians may suddenly appear or unless
such intersections is controlled by traf fic signal.
you w ould expect from other drivers.
•  Near a bridge or underpass hat may cut- of f a road
shoulder. You or the car passed might need to use the
shoulder road in case emergency arises.

27 28

•  When there is a long time of cars ahead.   When overtaking another vehicle making
•  When you intend to turn or stop very soon. or about to make a left turn or
•  When an incoming car is too close. signaling intent to make a left turn.
•  When the car ahead is going at or near the   On streets and highways marked for multi-
speed limit. Speed limit is still applied w
hen passing. lanes; and
•  When sight distance ahead is limited.   On one-way traffic streets.
•  When the maneuver w ould have to be
completed in a no-passing zone such as
hill, curve or intersection.

29 30

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 143
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  To make it around a tight curve, keep the turning of   Vehicle- a vehicle should be properly
the front w heels in line w ith the sharpness of
the curve. When turning right, keep your front w heel equipped and must always be in good
close to the center line. This prevents he condition for safe driving. No one can
rear w heels from dropping off the pavement.
Curving left keep your front w heels close to legally drive a vehicle that may be a
the right edge to prevent the rear w heels from hazard to any person and property just
drifting into the other lane. like its operator, it needs regular
•  Avoid braking in a curve because this can cause you
to skid out of control. Slow dow n before you get into clean-up and check-up.
the curve. Accelerate after you have
passed the midpoint of the turn.

31 32

–  Underneath Parts –  Outside Parts


  Check tie rod. Low tire pressure may cause   Have clean rearview mirrors to see at
the wear and tear pressure. Always equip least 200 ft. behind. Windows must be
vehicle with spare tires. Tires with worn out clean and free of obstruction. Check
thread will slide more vehicle lights if they are all working such
easily on wet pavements and may as tail lights, turn signals, stop lights,
blow-out without warning. license plate lights and parking lights.
Check wipers if they operate properly to
clear the windshield. Check mufflers to
prevent excessive noise and smoke

33 34

–  Inside Parts –  Check horn if it can be heard from


•  Engine tune-up. As part of the tune-up, spark plugs, a distance. A defective steering
distributor points, condenser and air cleaner must be
replaced, carburetor must be cleaned periodically . •  w heel, clutch, pedals and shift gears need
•  Battery . It must be kept in good condition. Add
serious attention. Turn the ignition if lights and
distilled water if the lev el is low. gauges register. The car's gauge w arns the
•  Saf ety dev ices. Check devices such as f uses and driver if something is going w rong.
circuit brakers. •  Finding a competent and dependable
•  Radiator. Check radiator f luid lev el bef ore starting the mechanic is important to a driver for proper
engine. maintenance and prevention of car
•  Brakes Foot. Brakes and parking brakes must be f irm problems before they become critical. It is
enough to stop. the responsibility of the driver to keep his
•  Others. Check the temperature gauge and hose car in good running condition.
connections, brake f luid and master cy linder.
•  Be sure to check the ty pe of gasoline/oil suited to y our
v ehicle

35 36

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


144
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

–  Vision
  A driver must see quickly, clearly and
accurately. Seeing too late makes
decisions come too late. Decisions
  It is enough to have a vehicle in good made while driving are based on
running condition to ensure safety in what the driver see. If eyes do not
driving. As a driver you must be physically, see properly, it can be corrected by
emotionally and mentally fit to using corrective lenses.
operate your vehicle on the road. This
is vital to safe driving.

37 38

–  Smell –  Hearing
  By smelling, you can tell the presence of   A driver who has impaired hearing may
gas that may be coming out of your not hear important sound like police
car. Symptoms of carbon monoxide vehicles, sirens of fire engines and horns of
poisoning may result to drowsiness, other drivers who wish to pass. The use of
headaches, nausea or mental dullness hearing aids overcome this defect
that impair your driving ability. Check
your engine and exhaust system if
they are in top condition

39 40

–  Touch
  Proper coordination of hand and feet helps in •  Emotions af f ect driving perf ormance. Failure to control
controlling the vehicle while in motion. emotions may lead to driv ing errors.
•  Anger – it impairs the perf ormance of smooth braking
Sensitivity to the important parts and accelerating due to changes in some body
f unctions such as increase heartbeats.
of the car such as brakes, steering •  Anxiety – it may lead to panic decisions.
system, accelerator, lights and signals •  Excitement – stress and sometimes happiness changes the
through your sense of touch enable you f unctions of the body and mind that prev ents wise decision
necessary f or saf e driv ing.
to determine any incoming failure that •  Fatigue – is the most common that lower driv er s
may surprise you and the other driver f itness. Fatigue may come from lack of sleep,
excessiv e phy sical exercise or f rom mental or
to an emergency emotional stress. Fatigue dulls the mind and slows
down nerv e and muscular responses. As a good
driv er, y ou must learn to cope with all these emotions,
to perf orm the driv ing task saf ely and ef fectively.

41 42

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 145


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  It is best to turn your headlight on at sunset. Do not blind other drivers with your
headlights. Use your high beams only in open country when
near.
other cars are not   Rain affects your vehicles stability. Rain
•  Dim your lights by switching the low beams as a vehicle comes toward you. If you
are following another vehicle, switch to low beams when you get closer.
acts as lubricant, making road surfaces
• 
• 
Night driving is difficult. Try to slow your speed while driving.
Give enough room and space to vehicles ahead of you. slippery. Heavy downpour bring floods, cause
• 
• 
Drive as far as possible if a vehicle with one light comes toward you.
When driving a brightly lit place, drive slowly until your eyes adjust to darkness.
heavy traffic and creates puddles on the road
Avoid looking directly into the glare of incoming headlights. Watch the right edges
of your lane, noting the position of the incoming vehicle out of the corner of your that requires proper controlling
eye.
•  Do not wear sunglasses when driving at night. and maneuvering of motor vehicles. It
•  When in the act of overtaking or passing at night, switch to high beam then back to

• 
low, warning the driver you wish to pass.
On long drives, keep awake and alert. Do not drive if you are tired or sleepy.
makes windshields, headlights, mirrors
Stopping often, fresh air and singing or conversation can help avoid drowsiness. If
you get too sleepy, park at the shoulder of the road and take a few minutes nap. and taillights blurred and dirty.

43 44

•  Turn y our headlights when v isibility is v ery poor. •  Do not race your engine once started. Wait until the engine has warned up.
Warming up the engine by driving gives you better gasoline economy.
•  Slow down at f irst sign of rain or drizzle on the •  Avoid jack-rabbit starts, take-off and sudden stops. Gradual acceleration saves
roadway . This is when many road pav ements are gas and car wear and tear.
•  Keep proper air pressure in tires. Incorrect tire pressure reduces gasoline
most slippery because oil and dust hav e not been mileage, wears out tiresfaster and makes vehicle handling difficult.
washed away . •  Shift to high gear as soon as you can and stay there as long as you can. Low-
gear speed consumes much more fuel than high gear speed.
•  Driv ing on f looded roads could lose y our brakes. If this •  Preferably use smaller cars. Smaller engines usually give better economy.
happen, test y our brakes thoroughly to dry them out •  Plan your trips. Avoid congested routes and cover as many errands as possible in
(do this if the engine has not drowned and once bey a single trip.
•  Avoid parking in the sun. Gas evaporates rapidly when exposed to hot weather.
ond the f looded stretch). •  Use car pools and otherpublic transport vehicles.
•  Av oid instant stopping, turning and starting the engine. •  Eliminate unneeded cargoes and fuel consuming loads.
•  Increase y our "f ollowing" distance and allow extra •  Do not fill your gas tank to the brim. Allow for expansion to avoid wastage.
space.
•  Clean y our windshield, washers, and check wiper
blades if they are working.

45 46

–  Give proper signals to other motorists. It is very vital to signal •  Driv er s should be courteous and considerate to their
your intention of stopping, passing, turning, left or right, or passengers.
slowing down to warm other drivers.
–  Be careful while driving. Follow strictly traffic signs and signals
–  In par king, wait for vac ant spaces and gi ve consi derati on
to avoid delay once apprehended.
to thos e who came first. Par k orderl y to give enough spac
e to those incoming vehicles who would also be parking. –  Do not slam your brakes or press your pedals too hard. Your
passenger might not be able to hold themselves and may
–  Extend assistance to other drivers who happen to have vehicle
smash inside your vehicle.
trouble along the road.
–  Give way to vehicles who would like to overtake your path, –  Be sure your passengers have stepped-out of your vehicle
although you know that you have the right-of-way.
safely before starting to move.
–  Give proper courtesy to motorcyclists, bicyclists and other road
users. –  To taxi drivers, be honest to your passengers. Do not drive with
fast meters and always give them their exact change.
–  Check your distance with other vehicles. Avoid tail-gaiting.
–  Do not smoke while driving.
-To public utility or f or hire driv ers, av oid trip cutting

47 48

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


146
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  Drivers have special obligations to pedestrians.


•  Passengers should nev er do any thing to interf ere with –  Children. They of ten f orget the dangers of traf f ic
the driv er and as much as possible do not distract him when play ing on sidewalks. They run into the street
while he is driv ing. without thinking. Be alert.
•  In looking f or a street name or address, the passenger –  Older People. Them may not see or hear v ery well
must assist the driv er and do the searching. and may not mov e of the way quickly , so giv e them
•  The passenger must handle the pay ing or change in time to cross.
approaching a toll booth. –  Handicapped People. Visually handicapped people
crossing the roads with white cane are pedestrians.
•  Passengers should discourage the driv er f rom reckless The same are f or persons conf ined in wheel chairs
behav ior. while crossing the streets. They should be giv en the
•  If the driv er's decision is impaired by anger, alcohol or greatest possible caution and attention. When y ou
by any other reason, the passenger may decide to risk a see handicapped people crossing the road, do not
f riendship or may ref use to ride the car he is driv ing. honk y our horns.

49 50

  are intended to warn road users of a   Rectangular in shape, installed to inform


danger on the road and to inform them direction of road users
of its nature/ triangular in shape.

51 52

  White lane lines are white lines separating


lanes of traffic moving in the same
direction. Crossing of solid white line
requires special care and is discouraged.
  solid broken white line means passing to
the left or right is allowed provided the
way is clear.

53 54

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 147
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Yellow lane lines are dividing lines separating •  A double line consisting of a single
traffic traveling opposite directions.
broken yellow line parallel to a single
A solid yellow line at the left lane means, it is not
safe to pass. solid yellow line is used to show a two-
A broken yellow line means passing is allow ed if way road or highway where passing is
the w ay ahead and rear is clear. permitted on the side of the broken line,
Solid double yellow lines at the left lane mean it is but not on the side of the solid line. This
unsafe to pass. Never cross it to pass another type of marking is often seen on two and
vehicle. The line maybe crossed only to enter or
leave a drivew ay or private road or to make a three-lane roadways. Traffic on the left
permitted "U" turn. side of the solid line may cross this
marking only when making a left turn.

55 56

•  This sign is usually installed tw o (2) kilometers •  Left turn center lane is the lane in the middle of a two-way street.
in advance in an approaching location w here a The lane is bordered on either side by two (2) painted lines: the
inner broken line and the outside solid line. Use the lane only when
climbing or passing lane has been provided and you want to turn left to leave a street, when turning left into the
is marked on the highw ay. Passing lanes allow street or to start a permitted "U" turn. To turn left from street, signal
slow er vehicles to move into the right hand for a left-turn and drive completely inside the lane. Don't stop at an
angle with the rear of your vehicle blocking traffic. Turn only when it
lane, permitting faster vehicles to pass safely in is safe. Look for vehicles approaching in the same lane to make
the left lane. When approaching the end of the their turn turns. To turn left from a side street or driveway, drive into
climbing or passing lane, the driver in the right- the lane when it is safe then signal your intent to move into the
hand lane must merge w ith other traffic in the normal flow of traffic and make the move when it is safe. You may
drive across the left turn center lane. You must also use this lane to
center lane in the same direction. start a "U" turn, if it is permitted and safe.

57 58

  Although bike lanes are seldom in our •  Any person driving a motor vehicle on a highw
ay shall drive the same at careful and prudent
highways, this is painted on the
speed, not greater nor less than w hat is
pavements by a solid white line along reasonable and proper, having due regard for
either side of the street, four (4) feet or more the traffic, the w idth of the highw ay and any
from the curb. The line is usually broken other condition then and there existing, and no
person shall drive any motor vehicle upon a
near the corner. The letters "BIKE
highw ay at such speed as to endanger the life,
LANE" are painted on the pavement limb and property of any person, nor at a speed
at intervals greater than w ill permit him to bring the vehicle
to stop w ithin the assured clear distance ahead.

59 60

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


148
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Maximum Passenger Cars Trucks and


Maxim um Passenger Cars Trucks and
allow able and Buses
Speed Motocycles

allow able and Buses On "Through


Speed Motocycles Streets" or
On open Boulevards, 40 km/hr 30 km/hr
country roads 80 km/hr 50 km/hr clear of traffic
w ith no "Blind with no "Blind
Corners" not
closely
Corners",
bordered by when so
habitations. designated.

61 62

Maximum Passenger Cars Trucks and Maximum Passenger Cars Trucks and

allow able and Buses allow able and Buses


Speed Motocycles Speed Motocycles
On city and Through crowded
streets
municipal approaching
streets with 30 km/hr 30 km/hr intersections at
"Blind Corners", 30 km/hr 20 km/hr
light traffic, passing school
when not zones, passing
designated other v ehicles
which are
"Through stationary or f or
Streets similar dangerous
circumstances.

63 64

  3. ) Any driver bringing a wounded or sick


person for emergency treatment to a
hospital, clinic or any similar place.
•  1.) A physician or his driver when the
former responds to emergency calls.   4.) The driver of a motor vehicle
belonging to the armed forces while in
•  2.) The driver of a hospital use for official purposes in times of riot,
insurrection or invasion.
ambulance on the way to and from
the place of accident or other
emergency.

65 66

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 149


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

  5.) The driver of a vehicle, when he or his


passengers are in pursuit of a criminal.

  Be sure there is sufficient space for your


  6.) A law-enforcement officer who is trying to
vehicle to fit into the traffic flow. Do not
overtake a violator of traffic laws.
follow other vehicles too easily.

  7.) The driver officially operating a motor


  Avoid tail-gaiting. Staying too close to a
vehicle of any fire department provided
vehicle leaves no room for maneuvering. It
that exemption shall not construed to limits you to braking when things begin to
allow useless or unnecessary fast driving stack up in the lane ahead.
of drivers aforementioned.

67 68

  Maintain a car length distance when following


a car. This will give you adequate
space, time to react and to stop safely
if necessary. •  FIRST-TIME VEHICLE RULE

  Give motorcycles the same distance At all intersections without "stop" or


you would give to any other vehicles. "yield" signs, slow down and prepare to
Motorcycles are entitled to the same stop. Yield to vehicles already in the
full length, width as all other vehicles intersection or about to enter it.
on the road.

69 70

•  SAME-TIME VEHICLE RULE •  STOP SIGNS

•  Stop at any limit line or cross walk.


the vehicle on the left shall Yield to all approaching vehicles on
yield the right of way to the the thought street, go only when it is
vehicle on the right. safe for you to cross. Approaching
vehicles should slow down and allow
you to get across safely.

71 72

150 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  LEFT TURN •  ROTONDA RULE

•  Signal left turn and yield to •  Vehicles around the rotonda have the
right-of-way over vehicles which are
approaching traffic until it is
just about to enter.
completely safe to finish the
turn.

73 74

  When entering a highway from a driveway,


yield the right-of-way to traffic on the
highway. Never insist on taking the right-
of-way if other drivers are not following the •  The law places the responsibility
rules, let then have the right-of-way even if on the driver of the passing car.
it belongs to you to prevent possible
accidents, however, do not always insist on If the driver makes mistakes in
others going ahead of you, the slowing and passing, the driver is held liable.
stopping may delay the flow of traffic

75 76

  1.) It is illegal to speed up when being   1.) At no-passing zone marked by signs or
passed. Continue at the same speed, by solid yellow line-lanes or double-
or reduce your speed. solid yellow lines which indicate
  2.) Help other driver to pass safely. Move to no passing.
the right side of your lane to give the   2.) On blind-curves where you would not
other driver more room and a better be able to see oncoming cars. Always
view ahead. stay in your own lane on any curve, out
  3.) Show the passing driver the same of the way of oncoming traffic.
courtesy that you would expect from
other drivers.
77 78

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 151
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

3.) On going up a hill, passing is not


allowed from 700 to 1,000 feet from
the top of a hill.
4.) At intersection or railroad crossings- •  When overtaking another vehicle
where other vehicles or pedestrians may making or about to make a left turn or
suddenly appear or unless such signaling intent to make a left turn.
intersection is controlled by traffic signal.
•  On one-way traffic streets.
5.) Near a bridge or underpass that may
cut-off a road, shoulder. You or the car
passed might need to use the shoulder
road in case emergency arises.

79 80

•  Reduce speed in anticipation of making a turn.


•  Look behind and on both sides to see where other v
ehicles may be bef ore changing lanes, then signal
•  Turn into the right-hand lane when
intention. entering a roadway. Check traffic
•  Mov e into the proper lane as soon as possible. The
f aster the traf f ic is moving, the sooner it is to reach f approaching from the left. Follow the
or the proper lane f or making a turn. general curve of the curb while
•  Giv e a signal bef ore making turns, changing lanes or mov
ing right or lef t to warn motorist about the intention of making the right turn. Stay as close
getting the right position on the road. as possible to the curb.
•  In turning, obey traf f ic signs and signals and y ield the
right-of -way to pedestrians and v ehicles in the
intersection.

81 82

•  Signal your intention to turn left. Look behind


•  Point the wheels straight ahead until actually for traffic when the way is clear. Move into
starting to turn. Complete the turn into any the left hand lane keeping immediately to the
lane that is lawfully open. Look behind for right of the center line. Look ahead to the
traffic and check for blind spot. When the rear, to the left and right before starting to
way is clear, move into the left hand lane make your turn.
keeping immediately to the right of the
centerline. Make left from right of •  Enter the intersection one-way street
into the left-hand lane. If the lane in the
the centerline. Make left from right of
point where the centerline meets the one-way street are unmarked, keep
immediately to the right or the left curb
intersection street or edge of the roadway.

83 84

152 MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  Signal intention to turn left. Move the •  A left turn may be made from a one-
left side of the one-way street when
way street into a one-way street on a
the way is clear. Look ahead, to the
red signal, provided the vehicle is first
right and left before starting to make a
turn. Enter the intersecting one -way brought to full-stop, and subject
street into the left hand lane. If the always to the right-of -way of
lanes are unmarked, keep immediately pedestrians and other traffic.
to the edge of the roadway.

85 86

•  U-turns are hazardous and are prohibited in •  After having turned the wheels
some areas. When doing "U" turns, start completely on the right side, continue
turning from the extreme right side of the backing up slowly until close to the
roadw ay. Check for traffic in both directions
and make the proper turn signal. When the w
opposite curb. Repeat these
ay is clear, turn the steering w heel sharply to maneuvers until turn is completed.
the left w hile moving slow ly forw ard. When
the w heels are turned completely left, continue
driving forw ard slow ly until close to the left
curb or edge or roadw ays.

87 88

  A driver of a motor vehicle is •  A driver of a motor vehicle is


considered stopped when passengers considered parked after a full stop on
and cargoes were loaded and the shoulder of the road or in a
unloaded for about ten (10) minutes or parking lot, leaving the vehicle with
more the engine and ignition stopped and
hand brake on

89 90

MODULE VI FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 153
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

•  On or within 100 meters of a bridge,


•  Parking is prohibited on a highw ay in such a over or under or across the highway.
manner as to obstruct a sidew alk, a crossw
alk, an entrance to the highw ay to or from a
private road or lane, on entrance to the highw •  Within 10 meters of the nearest rail of
ay to or from a private road or lane, on railway crossing.
entrance-w ay for vehicles to pass betw een
the highw ay and land adjoining the highw ay.
•  Within 3 meters of a point at the edge of •  In any area where signs prohibiting
a roadw ay.
parking are displayed.
•  Within 4 meters nearest a fire hydrant.

91 92

  Within an intersection on a highway or


if the intersection is controlled by a
traffic signal.
  When parking headed up hill, turn front
wheels from the curb and let your vehicle
  Within 6 meters of a point at the edge of roll back few inches until the rear of one
the roadway and nearest to a public front wheel gently touches the curb. Then
entrance to a hotel, theater or public set the parking brake. If there is no curb,
hall while open to the public. turn the wheels toward the side of the
road so the car will not roll away from the
  On all places where "no parking" signs center of the road if the brakes fail
are posted.

93 94

•  When parking headed dow nhill, turn front w •  When backing around a corner to the right or out f rom a
heels into the curb or tow ard the side of the driv eway , check f irst for traffic and pedestrian.
road. When parking on a sloping drivew ay, turn
•  Turn body to the right and put right arm ov er the back of
the wheels so that the car w ill not roll into the the seat. Look at the back window as well as the rear
street if the brakes fail. Alw ays set the par king and f ront of the v ehicle.
brakes. Leaves the vehicle in gear
•  While backing stay at the right side as much as possible.

•  Give motorcycles the same distance you w ould •  During all maneuv ers make quick traf f ic checks to the
give to any other vehicles. Motorcycles are f ront sides.
entitled to the same full length, w idth as all •  At intersection or railroad crossings-where other v ehicles
other vehicles on the road. or pedestrians may suddenly appear or unless such
intersection is controlled by traf f ic signal .

95 96

MODULE VI FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


154
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE VII : DUTIES OF A POLICE OFFICER AS FIRST
RESPONDER IN A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 11

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Motorpool / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Twenty-Four (24) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Digital Camera
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Available Motor Vehicle
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Ruler, notebook, ballpen
TRAINING REFERENCES : PNP Manual PNPM-D-0-2-1-00 (DHRDD)

First Responders’ Manual


Highway Patrol Group Manual
Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)
Revised
Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit Bragado
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will orient the police

trainees on the duties of a traffic police officer as


first responder in a traffic accident.

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 155
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Enumerate the duties of Police Officer as First Responder in a


traffic accident;

T.O. #2 : Proper sketching of the different types of traffic accident collision;


and

T.O. #3 : Know the methods of photographing a traffic accident scene.

156 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
A
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION
Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run
Distribution of PERSONAL Completed
Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST As appropriate
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up
Reason(s):
Availability and Personal hygiene
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
DAY
11 Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Accounting Report
Rank Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
Reason(s):
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
AM AM Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 157
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Duties of a INTRODUCTION TO Completed


Traffic Police MODULE VII: DUTIES OF
Officer as a First A TRAFFIC POLICE Not Completed
Responder in a OFFICER AS FIRST
7:45 8:00 Traffic Accident RESPONDER IN A As appropriate
Reason(s):
AM AM Availability of TRAFFIC ACCIDENT
Learning Aids Invocation: Police Officer’s
Prayer
Training Goals
Training Objectives
Availability of TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed
Subject Matter AND DISCUSSION
Expert a. Duties of a Traffic Police Not Completed
o with SME Officer as First As appropriate
o without SME Responder in a Traffic Reason(s):
8:00 12:00 Accident
AM NN b. Types of Traffic Accident
Sketching
c. Importance of
Photograph
d. Procedures in
Photographing the
Scene
Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed
Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for Lunch As appropriate

NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll call Roll Call Formation/
formation Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


On practical exercises
Not Completed
1:15 1:30 As appropriate

PM PM Reason(s):

158 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Materials for PRACTICAL EXERCISES Completed


sketching (CONTINUATION)
Digital Camera Sketching and Not Completed

1:30 4:45 photographing the traffic As appropriate


PM PM accident scene Reason(s):

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our
Reason(s):
PM PM concerns Father)
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer
Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed
personal tasking
Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to As appropriate
Sleep (TAPS)
PM PM Reason(s):

Issue
Delinquency
Report

MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 159


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

160 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module VII
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
DUTIES OF A TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICER AS A FIRST RESPONDER IN A
TRAFFIC ACCIDENT

GOAL

This block of instruction will orient you on the duties of a Traffic Police Officer as
a first responder in a traffic accident.

OBJECTIVES

After this module, you will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Enumerate the duties of Police Officer as First Responder in a


traffic accident;

T.O. #2 : Properly draw the different types of traffic accident collision; and

T.O. #3 : Apply the methods of photographing a traffic accident scene.

UPON ARRIVAL AT THE TRAFFIC ACCIDENT SCENE

Notify the police station upon arrival at the scene.

Observe the traffic accident scene if poses a danger.

Secure the perimeter by placing police line or any materials that may be used to
prevent the scene from unauthorized access of kibitzer or unwanted observers.

Identify the injured victims.

Call immediately an ambulance for medical attention.

Identify the drivers involved in the accident.

Question drivers and witnesses.

Photographing the traffic accident scene considering the vehicle positions.


Consider the four (4) types perspective in taking photograph.

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 161
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Sketch the traffic accident using Triangulation Method.

Turnover the case to responding traffic investigators, including initial findings.

TYPES OF ACCIDENT COLLISION

Rear-end Collision: Where one vehicle runs into the back of another vehicle.

Head-on Collision: Where two vehicles collided head on.

Angle Collision: Where one vehicle drives into the side of another vehicle at
approximately 90 degrees.

Multiple Collision: Where more than two vehicles collided with another vehicle.

Sideswipe Collision: Where two vehicles scrape each other along the side of the
vehicles. The vehicles can be moving in the same direction or in opposite
directions.

Note: In making a traffic accident sketch, always follow the golden rule:
―Consider the North positioning of the scene‖.

IMPORTANCE OF PHOTOGRAPH IN A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT

Describes better than words

Proves statement of traffic scene

Serves as a permanent record

Significance of certain aspects of the traffic scene

Reconstruction of the traffic scene

For identification

Preservation of evidence in court

Records things you may fail to notice

162 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

PHOTOGRAPHING THE TRAFFIC ACCIDENT

Position of the Photographer

General View or Long-Range – photographs of the overall scene fundamentally


are taken to portray the areas as if a person viewing the scene is seeing it from the
standing position. To obtain this result, the photographer takes the photograph with
the camera at eye level.

Medium View or Mid-Range – photographs are taken in a manner which


portrays the scene from approximately 10 to 20 feet of distance from the subject. In
order that the viewer be permitted to associate the crime scene with separate areas
of the scene photographed, these areas should contain sufficient details to permit the
viewer association.

Close-up View/Range – photographs are normally taken approximately five (5)


feet or less from the subject. The attention of close-up photography is directed to
object which could be effectively seen in the long-range and mid-range photographs.

NOTE: Take photograph of the traffic scene in plain view and make another during
the measurement on the positioning of motor vehicles.

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 163
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TURNOVER OF TRAFFIC ACCIDENT

Brief the investigator upon arrival.

Turnover all pertinent documents (driver’s license, OR/CR) to the investigator


and have a receipt.

FTO’s Note: Practical exercises of different scenarios will be assigned to the PTs
to test their ability and knowledge if they learned something from
this module.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #1

Divide.

Every
.

3.
taught.

Scenario #1 : The

at fault?

Facts :
riving.

Answer :
.

Scenario #2 : You

scene?

164 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Answer : 1. The car


camera.

2.
treatment.

Scenario #3 : Vehicle B

at fault?

Answer :

emergency.

Make

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #2: Sketching

PRACTICAL EXERCISE #3: Photographing

FTO Duties:

Brief.

Check.

activity.

Did?

Did

Did the
access of the public?

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 165
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Did the?

Did the
?

Did the
?

Did
f the accident?

Supervise
of perspective.

scene.

Super
ators.

FTO Responsibilities:

Shall be responsible for the safety and security of all PTs.

Strictly prohibit the PTs to conduct a traffic accident investigation

FTO Activity:

Collect all activity papers from the PTs.

Review the video and have critique on the performance of each PT.

FTO’s Note: Introduce the selected topics to be studied by the PTs during the
study period:

What are the duties of a Traffic Police Officer as First Responder in


a traffic accident?

Sketch the three (3) types of traffic accident collision.

166 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

MODULE VII SLIDES

FOREWORD
These days many people are prone to belittle the dangers that are inherent in the
operation of motor vehicles on our roads, streets and highways. Guidelines, rules and regulations and
even laws prescribing the standards of behavior to be observed in the interest of public roads

PC/INP PRIMER safety mean little and are treated like a joke.
To compound this situation enforcement today of traffic laws, rules and regulations and
the maintenance of road safety are hampered by lack of qualified enforcement personnel and

ON
equipment. More to the point, we need but we do not have enough traffic accident investigators
with the skills demanded by the situation.
Yet, jeopar dy to life and
property due to our high traffic accident rate continues to be a

TRAFFIC fact of life in Metro- manila and elsewher e throughout the country. Hardly a day or night pas ses
without a tragic case or cases of homicide, physical injury or damage to property committed thru
reckless imprudence.

ACCIDENT Certainly, greater public awareness of the problems involved is imperative—especially for
motorist, transportation operators pedestrians and all others involved in one way or another with
our highway transportation system. Needless to mention, members of the enforcement community

INVESTIGATION
are, themselves, in this category.
If, to bring this about, the one basic item needed is an easy-to-read reference material
that expounds on the ABC of traffic accident investigation, then it is this PC/INP Primer on Traffic
Accident Investigation that fills that need.

FIDEL V. RAMOS
Lieutenant General, AFP
Chief of Constabulary/
Director General, INP

1
2

PC/INP PRIMER What is traffic Accident?

A traffic accident is an occurrence on a road, street or highway involving one or


more motor vehicles that usually result in death, physical injury or damage to
ON property.

TRAFFIC ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION What is traffic accident investigati on?

As an aspect of the PC/INP law enforcement effort it is, the process of obtaining,
reporting and interpreting of information surrounding a traffic accident. It aims to
Part I- General Questions ascertain facts on the causes of traffic accident for future use in accident
prevention and to assist the courts in imposing penalties for the guilty and the
awarding just compensation for victims.

3
4

What are the three components of the highway transportation system involved in What are the five (5) levels of activity involved in the process of
motor vehicle traffic accidents? traffic accident investigati on?
Roads, motor vehicles and people. Roads provides the setting of the
They are:
traffic accidents. Motor vehicles compose the mechanism used to bring about a. Reporting of the accident
traffic accidents, while people, by their acts and omissions, are responsible for b. Investigation at the traffic accident scene
the causes. c. Preparation of technical details.
d. Reconstruction of the traffic evidence
e. Analysis of the cause or causes of the accident
Who may conduct a traffic accident investigation?

Any personnel of the PC/INP, including members of the military police units of the
Explain the first level. (Reporting of the traffic accident)
AFP with expertise in traffic accident investigation to ascertain the basic facts
When a traffic or a motor vehicle accident occurs, no one is aware of
needed for the immediate action, an to act thereon, particularly in giving
assistance to victims, ensuring the continuous flow of traffic at the accident site and
the preservation of the evidence. However, an experience and trained PC/IN P until a report is made by an informant and receive by the pro pe r
police authorities. In practice, reports of the t raffic accidents may
investigator must continue with and follow-up the investigation
either be verbal or in writing, but in any case, only strict factual
until its
termination. information about persons, property and report are desired.

5 6

MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 167


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Is the making of the traffic accident report limited to informants ? W hat are the tasks required to be performed during an at -scene
investigation?
No. When as report regarding a traffic accident is received in any They are:
headquarters of the PC/INP, the standard practice is to prepare a a. Find and identify witnesses.
strictly b. Make preliminary tests to determine into x ic a tio n on the part of the driv er or
factual digest of the incident for entry in the daily log book or blotter. This is driv ers of the motor veh ic le /v e h ic le s inv olv ed.
the basis subsequent at-scene traffic accident investigation. Measuring to fix the location of marks and debris on the road.
Measuring to fix the final position of v ehicles and/or of bodies of
What is ―Investigati on at the traffic accident scene? (The second persons killed or incapacitated.
level) e. Pho to g r a p h in g or the making of sketc h e s /fie ld notes to
It is the examination and the recording of the result of the accident and pinpoint mark debris on the road, at the accident sites.
includes the obtaining of additional information at the accident scene may Pho to g r a p h in g of damages sustained by motor v ehicles /and
not be available later. Information obtained in this manner supplements or to roadside obj ects.
the Pho to g r a p h in g of the final position of v ehicles.
data stated in the accident report. Matching of the tires to tire marks on the road.
E x a m i n atio n of the c onditi on a nd functi oni ng of tra ffic c ontrol dev ices
and other road equipment at the site of the accident.
What are the essential characteri stic s of an at-scene investigati on? j . E x a m i n atio n of the c onditi on a nd functi oni ng of the v ehicles
inv olv ed and their a c c e s so r i e s/ e quipment, suc h as steering
gear, lamps, tires, brakes, safety belts, etc.
Like an accident report, only strictly factual information is desired, no
Matchi ng da mage v ehicles to marks on the roa d as well as the dama
conclusions are made. Data gathered in an at-scene investigation are recorded ge on one v ehicle to that on another.
by means of photographs, sketches, measurements and filed notes.

7 8

Explain the third lev el ( Preparation of technical deta ils ) What is meant by ―Reconstructio n of the traffic
accident? ( level No. 4 of the investigation process)
Preparation of technical details refer to the delayed or subsequent collection of data
It is the effort to determine from the information available how the accident happened. It is
surrounding the traffic accident which are appropriate for study and investigation
process, on the basic of which elementary conclusions are arrived at on the
circumstances of the accident. at this stage where conclus ions (opinions, deductions, inferences) are made.

What are the tasks to be performed at this third lev el of the inv In what form of this conclusions expressed?
estigation process?
They are the following: The competent investigat or ’s conclus ions are expressed in form of:
Preparation of a map of the accident site. a. Estimates of speed, position of the vehicle/ vehicles on the road.
Measuring of grades, sight distances, view obstructions, road b. Description of evasive tactics and the maneuvers taken by the driver/dri v ers.
surface friction, etc. c. How injuries received.
Detailed examination of tires, lamps, braking system and other Statement of the law violated.
equipment / accessories of the vehicle/ vehicles involved. Who was/were driving.
Detailed examination of the photographs of damage sustained by
the vehicle-vehicles involved. On what factors does a successful reconstruction of
Determine the probable speed of the vehicle-vehicles the traffic accident depend?
concerned.
Determine whether lights were on or off at the time of collision
(if collision was a circumstances of the accident)
More than anything else, this depends on the quality and quantity of basic data gathered.
Preparation of situation map. For example, if enough good data are available, it would be easy to
Determine whether tires were disabled before the first harmful event determine what had happened. On the other hand, if information is insufficient and
of the accident.
unreliable, it would be difficult to ascertain what had, in fact, occurred. Anyway, a
Determine whether safety devices/ equipment on the vehicle/ competent investigat or is in a position to form more and better conclus ion than one
vehicles functioned. who us less experienced and trained. This emphasiz es the need for continuous study
and training to become competent in traffic accident reconstruction.

9
10

What tasks are involved in the reconstruction of traffic accidents?


What two (2) kinds of information gathering are
The following: inv olv ed in the reco n s tr u c tio n of traffic accid e n t ?
Disassembling of the vehicle/ vehicles involve to
find out what equipment s are deficient. They are:
b. Analysis of paint and glass for matching purposes. Collection of data which are beyond the competence of
c. Preparation of maps from available photographs if measur em ents were technicians, for example, autopsies of persons killed in the
not taken. traffic accident.
d. Evaluation of the driver’s judgment and skill. Information gathered thru experiments.
e. Determining which occupant was driving.
f. Comparison of possible and actual driving tactics and strategy. When is reco n s tr u c t io n of traffic accid e n t
g. Determination of perception delays on the part of the driver, occupant
or pedestri an, as the case may be.
und er ta k e n ?
h. Preparation of momentum diagram s and calculations.
i. Computation of momentum exchange in stopping vehicles. Only when there is definite special need. Such a need arises, for instance, in hit-
j. Making of experim ents to determi ne driver and/ or pedestri an behavior. and-run cases when the questions at issue are of such a nature that the controversy is
k. Making of experim ents to determine performanc e of the vehicle/ brought to court in a criminal or civil cases.
vehicles involved.
What is “Analysis of the cause or causes of the accident? (Fifth leve l)

It is the determination, from available information, of why the accident


happened. Available information, of why the accident happened includes the results of
traffic accidents reconstruction.

11 12

MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


168
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

What is the nature of Traffic Accident cause Analysis? What tasks are required to be performed by the
investigator
Analysis of the cause or causes of traffic accidents has no system. It is generally during the first stage? (On learning of the
without established methodology for recording results. It is inferential and, by its accident.)
very nature, speculatory.
Find out when and where accident happened; how serious is the
When traffic accident cause analysis resorted to? accident and what are the vehicles involved.
Decide whether to go to the scene at once fro m whe re th e
Cause analysis, level 5 in the traffic accident investigation process, it undertaken report is first received or whethe r in ves tigat o r will first go
only for research purposes. to or consult headquarters.
c. Having made the decision to proceed at once to the
What are the stages of at-scene investigation which require the performance accident
of
scene, to consider the fastest route to reach it and to plan for
specific tasks at each stage?
any needed assistance.
If the report is of hit-and-run case, to anticipate the possible
On learning of the traffic accident.
route the driver will take and to be thus alert for vehicles
On arrival at the accident scene. leaving the scene.
c. When the gathering of urgent data about the accident has
To make sure, before proceeding to the site of the accident, to be
been completed. equipped properly with pertinent traffic accident forms,
d. When he work at the site of accident is finished. sketching pen, measuring tape, camera, flashlights, etc.

13 14

What are the tasks involved during the second stages? State the tasks required of the investment during the third stage.
(On investigator’s arrival at the accident scene) (When the situation at the accident scene is already under control)

They are the following:


They are as follows:
a. To select a parking place that is safe and will not block traffic. To conduct preliminary questioning of the driver/ drivers to find out:
If it is nighttim e, to park where headlight s can illuminat e the accident Who was/ were actually driving the vehicle/ vehicles
involved and the travel plan of each.
scene.
b. To locate the driver, passenger s or occupants of the vehicle/ Signs of nervousness, confusion or intoxication and other
circumstances related to the accident.
vehicles involved and witnesses to the accident.
Having identified and questioned the driver/ drivers, to question
c. To look for fire hazards and other sources of danger (such as debris) witnesses, especially bystanders who are anxious to leave.
and get them under control. If necessary, to get signed statements from those who may later be
d. To keep traffic movements going on; keeping bystanders out difficult to locate.
of the roadway and to take measures against possible looting/ pilf er age. To conduct more detailed questioning of the driver/drivers to established:
e. To look for and preserve physical evidenc e, but delay removal Step by step account of what the driver/drivers saw and did.
of vehicle/ vehicles involved, except to aid the injured, until Particulars of driver’s licenses, motor vehicle registration/plate
positions are measured/ marked. numbers, including identities.
f. To care for the injured/ evacuate soonest those requiring immediate To make a close observation of the condition of the vehicle/ vehicles
hospitaliz at ion. involved, such as light, gear position and tires.
g. To make arrangem ent for the questioning of the witnesses but, in the To photograph/ measure/mark tire marks and location of the vehicle/
vehicles.
meantime, getting their names and addresses and jotting down the plate
numbers of the vehicle/ vehicles at the scene as leads to additional To measure, for the purpose of fixing the location of, other marks on
information that may be needed later on. the road, including vehicle final position.
To record the place where the injured persons were or are to be taken.
To report, if possible by radio, the situation to headquarters; if radio
communication is not available, by other feasible means.

15 16

During the fifth stage (W hen work at the accident site is finished),
W hen the gathering of urgent data about the accident (stage 4) has what tasks are required to be done?
been completed, what tasks are required of the investigator?
The following must be done:
They are as follo w s : To notify relativ es of the dead or inj ured, including the owner/
Hav ing decided that there is enough ev idence of the offense owners of the v ehicle/ v ehicles inv olv ed.
committed to warrant arrest, to make the To inform other agencies of conditions that requires attention.
arrest, to make the arrest or to issue either a Traffic (Example: If electric or telephone polls hav e
Citation Ticket (TCT) or Tem p o r a r y Operator’s been damaged due to the traffic accident, to notify
Permit (TOP) as the case may be. the MERALCO and the PLDT).
If not arrest is to be made, to dismiss the drive To prepare and complete the Traffic Accident Inves t ig a
r / driv ers. t io n Report format and such other
If the situation calls for it, to get the driv ers inv olv ed ad m in is tr a t iv e or operations reports as are necessary,
to exchange insurance data. for sub m is s io n / approv al.
d. To get additional photo g r a p h s / make additional d. If an offense has been committed, to refer the
sketches or meas u r e m e n t s in necessary, and appropriate case to the proper fiscal’s office.
especially if the location of the accident scene will If driv er’s licenses hav e been confiscated under
be difficult to rev isit. cir cu m s ta n c e s that do not warrant referral of any case the
e. To get additional state m e n ts from remaining proper fiscal’s office, in which case the confiscated
witnesses present, if needed. driv er’s licenses are not material as ev idences to the BLT
To clean up the accident, site, or arrange to hav e this within the period required under RA 4136 (The
done. Land Tran s p o r ta tio n and Traffic Code).
To report to headquarters.

17 18

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 169
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

What are the four steps in identifying the location of a motor v ehicle traff ic
accid e n t?
These steps are:

a. 1st Step: Determine where the accident occurred.—


Part II— Question Concerning Roads as a This is the point where the first harmful event happened, which is
usually the point of first contact between the vehicles and not necessarily where the most
serious damage or injury occurred.

component of the Highway Transportation b. 2nd Step: Ascertain the name of the road on which the accident occurred. —

The name of a road can be seen fro posted signs or maps. If the name of
the road cannot be secured in this manner, get the information from reliable vicinity
System Involved in Motor Vehicle Traffic residents. If the road has no name, identify it in some other way which cannot be missed for
purposes of t he accident investigation.

c. 3rd Step: State at what particular point of the road the accident happened. —
Accident
For example, did the accident occur on an intersection; or on the
approach to or exit from an intersection; or on a driveway; or on a non-junction, that is, on
the roadway, shoulder ramp, etc?

d. 4th Step: Indicate the name of the city, town or province.


This is necessary taking into account that many streets have the same

names in different cities, provinces and towns.

19 20

What is the significance of metal scars in the inv estigation of traffic accidents?
W hy is the description of a road important in traffic accident
Scratches indicate at what point a vehicle rolled over and slid. Chips and chops (forms of
investigation? gouges) serve to locate the position of part of the vehicle at maximum engagement (or point
or greatest impact).
This is because many aspects of road description hav e a bearing on how
the accident may hav e occur r e d . What is the probativ e v alue of underbody debris in traffic accident inv estigation?

Because underbody debris (such as mud, rust, paint, gravel, etc) scatters so much, it is
W hat are the aspects present in the description of a road that may usually poor indicator of where a collision took place.
have some bearing on how the accident occurred?

Road con fig u r a tio n (such as slopes, curv es, shoulders, ditches)
Another kind of result that shows on the road following a motor v ehicle traffic is
debris. In turn, debris may show itself in the form of v ehicle liquids that appear on the
Road surface material, that is, whether cement, asphalt, grav el or road in the following ways: spatter, dribble and puddles. Explain each of these and their
dirt. significance in traffic accident inv estigation.

One of the six kinds of results that show on the road where an accident Spatter occurs when its container is collapsed by collision and the liquid in it
occurred is the Metal Scar. How are metal scar produced? squirts out violently. A dribble is liquid that is in the process of draining (not
squirting) a rapture container on board a wrecked vehicle. If the vehicle is
moving the dribble marls the path of the moving vehicle usually from the point
A metal scar is produced when a mov ing v ehicle is damaged so that
of maximum engagement to final position. Puddle is formed under the leaking
metal parts come in contact with the ground, leav ing scars. Those scars take the part.
form of scratches and gou g e s .
A spatter and dribble help locate collision positions. A dribble and the resulting
puddle indicate where the vehicle came to rest in final position.

21 22

How important are v ehicle parts debris in the inv estigation of traffic accident?
What is there for the inves tig a to r to remember about falls and flips
in the inves t ig a t io n of a traffic accident?
Small vehicle parts scatter so widely and irregularly that they do not mean much where they are
found. There are, however important exceptions, three of which are given hereunder:
When a vehicle runs off a bridge or bank, it may go through the air before it lands.
Small parts found at the accident scene help identify a vehicle that has left the accident In such a fall there are no marks between where it left the surface and
site.
This is particularly useful in hit-and-run accident investigation/ where it landed to show that it rolled or slid down the bank. It should be noted that
Whole sections of the vehicle that have broken loose as a result of the collision are this distance in the air is the best data for estimating speed at the time when the
significant because of their final positions. This is exemplified in a case where a vehicle vehicle left the ground.
breaks in two in a collision, say, with a tree or when the engine is knocked out of a
vehicle in a collision with a truck. In a fall, the vehicle nearly always lands right side up after falling.
Tempered glass from rear windows may shatter into thousand pieces when the glass is
broken in a collision. The glass, as it breaks free, continues to move and so the point A flip occurs when the moving vehicle hits something that stops the wheel
at which the glass came and sometimes the vehicle’s speed. suddenly, the vehicle pivoting upward and leaves the ground.

What about roadside material scattered on the road. What do these signify? In a flip, the vehicle always lands bottom up and then may continue rolling or sliding.

Roadside material scattered on the road sometimes indicates where a vehicle came back on the
road after running off, or how a collision on the road shoulder took place.

Explain the significance of fixed obj ects in the investigation of a traffic accident?

Bent or broken guardrails, post, trees and other fixed objects in the vicinity of a traffic accident
scene can indicate some idea of the speed of the vehicle striking them.

23 24

MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


170
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

What v ehicle data must the traffic accident inves t ig a t o r gather at the
scene of a traffic accident?

This depends on whether the accident is minor or sev ere.

If the traffic accident is a minor one, what data are taken?


Part III— Ques tions
A minimum description of the v ehicle, as to kind, size,
Concerning Motor Vehicles as a Component make, plate number, etc.
A description of the damage the v ehicle sustained.
of the Highw ay Transportation System Involved in If the traffic is serious, what data must be taken?

a. The v ehicle’s final position.


Motor Vehicle Traffic Accidents b. The v ehicle’s iden t ific a tio n data (such as registration/plate
number, if not wrecked the make and model, etc. )
c. The damage sustained by the v ehicle.
d. Contents of the v ehicle.

25 26

What is the best time and place to match contact on the veh ic le Explain what is Contact damage and Induced damage?
/v e h ic le s to marks on the road and road s id e ?
Contact damage is damage to any part of a motor vehicle caused by
Im m e d ia t e ly upon arriv al and at the accident scene. If, for example, the inves t ig a t direct contact with some object which is not part of vehicle. Induced damage is
o r sees gouges or scrapes on the pav ement, there are nearly alwa y s damage to any part of some motor vehicle caused by some other part of the same
corr e s p o n d in g wear, abrasions or breakage of v ehicle par ts .
vehicle or by the shock of the collision.

What are the areas on the underside of a v ehicle inv olv e in an accident most likely In the case of the Contact Damage, give example of the external object with which
to show of sign of road contact and what are the desc r ip t io n s of the the vehicle came into direct contact?
dam a g e
sust a in e d ? Another vehicle; a pedestrian; a fixed object or even the road surface. In some
cases the object may also be internal, usually an occupant or things carried on the
They are as follows: vehicle.
Rear driv e shaft univ ersal j oint: broken, sev erely abraded.
How or by what means is external contact damage indicated?
Right rear, outer rim; scratched, grass and twigs between trim
and wire.
By the rub-off of paint, tire rubber, road material, imprints of headlamp
Tran s m is s io n case: broken open, oil out, part broken
away and missing. housings,
Frame, left side under front door: bent down, heavily wheel rims, bumpers, door handles, poles and other fixed objects. Mainly,
scratched obliquely. however, contact damage is indicated by closely compacted, crumpled body
parts with fine hard scratches on the surface of metals; paint smears due to the
heat of the friction; rugged tears in sheet metals; and punctures.`1

27 28

Why is the distinction between contact and induced damage important? An inves tig a to r should be able to know what are the most dan g e r o u s
areas inside a motor v ehicle. What are thes e ?
Because it helps to determine the exact position of the vehicle/
vehicles involved in relation to each during collision, and, at times, to determine Glass on the windshield and windows.
whether the accident involved more than one collision. Steering wheel assembly.
Instrument panel, especially the right dash.
What does Multiple contact damage areas on a vehicle mean? The top structure, particular in turn ov er conv ertible.
Seat frame, especially right front.
It means that in a single accident, one vehicle may experience several collisions. Interior hardware, such as control knobs door handles and
Sometimes, especially when a vehicle rolls over, there may be three or more mirror.
contact damage areas, possibly with another vehicle and some fixed objects. Floor.
Windows frames.
What does superimposed contact damage areas on a vehicle mean?
In case the possibility of passenger ej ection exists, how should the inves t ig a t o r
It is that which occurs when two or more separate collisions involved the proceed to determine where the inj ury sustained occurred, whether inside or
same outsid e ?
area on the same vehicle (which is very difficult to detect).
This can be determined by locating the position of the passenger/ pass e n g e
r s in the v ehicle before the accident and then matching the partic u la r
inj ury with an obj ect which had been stru c k .

29 30

MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 171


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

What indications are there on a motor v ehicle to show that it is resp o n s ib le for the inj uries
sustained pedestrian as a result of contact with the person, ano th er
v ehicles or some fixed objec t?

a. If the pedestrian was hit head-on look for the breakage of headlights
and/ or grills, and check further for slight impact dent at the hood with
the sign of scraping or wiping.
b. If the pedestrian was sid e- s w ip e d , look for brush marks Part IV— Questions Concerning
from buttons and clothes.
If the pedestrian was backed into, search for blood, torn cloth in Measurements in
g caught on bumpers, trunks, lights and number plates.
If the pedestrian was run-ov er, examine the v ehicle for blood
stains, bits of clothing, swipe marks on the underside of Traffic Accident Investigation
the running gear, frame and wheel.

Of what special importance are these obse r v a tio n s


(Answer to question 58) in traffic accident inves t ig a t io n ?

The obser v a t io n s are especially important with respect to a motor v ehicle


suspecting of being inv olv ed in a hit-and-run accident.

31 32

What are the kinds of meas u r e m e n t s in traffic accident inve s


tig a t io n that are
What is the importanc e of measurements in traffic accident investigati on? made in two stag e s ?

a. Urgent measurement made at the accident scene to locate things


which may disappear later on or which may be moved.
By making and recording accurate measurements at time immediately
b. Additional measurements needed to make scale maps.
following a
traffic accident, the investigator avoids uncertain recollection and crude guesswork What are filed notes for in traffic accident inves tig a tio n ?
later. It also enables him to testify with confidence and precision about
his observations of where things were at the accident scene. Field notes provide record of measurements and are great importance to the person who
returns to the site later to make additional measurements for a map, if there is needed for it.

In connecti on wit traffic accident reconstruc ti on, what is the importanc e of


measurements ? What are the accident result that must be located by measuring?

a. Positions of vehicles, specifically where they came to rest after


collision.
Reconstruction of a traffic accident often requires a map of the post-accident b. Places where dead or injured person lie after the accident.
situation. The preparation of such a map requires measurement of the road and c. Gouges and scratches on the paving.
location of object on it. Without such measurements, reconstruction is Tire marks on the paving which are relevant on the accident.
impossible. Furrows, ruts and other scars on the roadside connected with the
accident.
Object on or near the road which were broken or marked as a result of the
accident.

33 34

What is a “spot” relativ e to meas u r e m e n t s in traffic accident inve s tig From what is a measurement made?
a tio n ?

A spot represents the specific place or points of an object to be located by To locate items connected with the accident,
measurements. measurem ents are usually made from the edge of the roadway than from any other
place. In case of a curve that joins the edges of two intersecting roadways, measure from an
What principles are observ ed in locating spo t s ? extension of the roadway edge, not from the curve.

A spot on a road or any other surface must be located with reference


to something permanent in the vicinity. (Example: edges of the roadway)
One measurement is not enough; two are needed.
Where should the measurement be made from when
c. Every spot must be located by measurement from at least two the roadway edge cannot be found or is very indefinite as on gravel or dirt
separate points or lines. road surface?

What two existing methods are used in locating spot from refer e n c e s ?
Measure (from triangulat ion) from fixed objects on the roadside such as guardrails,
fences, utility poles, trees or five hydrants. Drains, manhole covers and pavement joints
They are:
may be also be used but they are less desirable. When measurem ents have to be made by
a. Coordinates, which consist in measuring the shortest distance from poles, post, trees, manholes or similar objects, measure from the center.
each of two reference lines to the spot to be located.
Triangulation, which is done by measuring the distance from each of two
reference points of the spot to be located.

35 36

MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


172
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Why are meas u r e m e n t s nev er made from “the point of imp ac t ”?

Because:
It is not a permanent obj ect which can be found much later .

The position of “the point of impact” is a matter of opin io n .

Towards what are mea s u r e m e n ts mad e ?

As a general rule, meas u r e m e n t s are made to or towards the cen t er


of bodies or smaller things, such as gouges and small tire mar k s .

37

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 173
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE VII : DUTIES OF A POLICE OFFICER AS FIRST
RESPONDER IN A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 13

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Motorpool / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Digital Camera
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Available Motor Vehicle
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Ruler, notebook, ballpen
TRAINING REFERENCES : PNP Manual PNPM-D-0-2-1-00 (DHRDD)

First Responders’ Manual


Highway Patrol Group Manual
Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)
Revised
Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit Bragado
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will orient the PTs on the

duties of a Traffic Police Officer as First Responder


in a traffic accident.

174 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Enumerate the duties of Police Officer as First Responder in a


traffic accident;

T.O. #2 : Proper sketching of the different types of traffic accident collision;


and

T.O. #3 : Know the methods of photographing a traffic accident scene.

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 175
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION
Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
3

Breakfast uniform
Y1

Breakfast: Prayer before


DA

meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Rank Accounting Report
Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

176 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Duties of a RECAPITULATION OF Completed


Traffic Police PREVIOUS MODULE VII
Officer as First Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Responder in a As appropriate
Traffic Accident
AM AM
Availability of Reason(s):
Learning Aids
Required

Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Subject Matter (CONTINUATION) Not Completed
Expert
Actual exercises in the As appropriate
o with SME field/if not possible, a
8:00 12:00 Reason(s):
o without SME scenario will be given to
AM NN
PTs

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal Not Completed
Mess Kits
Venue for As appropriate
12:00 1:00 Lunch Reason(s):
NN PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/ Not Completed
call formation
Attendance in the As appropriate
1:00 1:15 Afternoon Reason(s):
PM PM

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


On practical exercises Not Completed

As appropriate
1:15 1:30 Reason(s):
PM PM

Materials for PRACTICAL EXERCISES Completed


sketching (CONTINUATION) Not Completed
Digital Camera
Sketching and As appropriate
1:30 4:45 photographing the traffic Reason(s):
PM PM accident scene

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 177
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE VII : DUTIES OF A POLICE OFFICER AS FIRST
RESPONDER IN A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 13

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Motorpool / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Digital Camera
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Available Motor Vehicle
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Ruler, notebook, ballpen
TRAINING REFERENCES : PNP Manual PNPM-D-0-2-1-00 (DHRDD)

First Responders’ Manual


Highway Patrol Group Manual
Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)
Revised
Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit Bragado
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will orient the PTs on the

duties of a Traffic Police Officer as First Responder


in a traffic accident.

178 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Enumerate the duties of Police Officer as First Responder in a


traffic accident;

T.O. #2 : Proper sketching of the different types of traffic accident collision;


and

T.O. #3 : Know the methods of photographing a traffic accident scene.

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 179
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION
Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
3

Breakfast uniform
Y1

Breakfast: Prayer before


DA

meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Rank Accounting Report
Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

180 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Duties of a RECAPITULATION OF Completed


Traffic Police PREVIOUS MODULE VII
Officer as First Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Responder in a As appropriate
Traffic Accident
AM AM
Availability of Reason(s):
Learning Aids
Required

Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Subject Matter (CONTINUATION) Not Completed
Expert
Actual exercises in the As appropriate
o with SME field/if not possible, a
8:00 12:00 Reason(s):
o without SME scenario will be given to
AM NN
PTs

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal Not Completed
Mess Kits
Venue for As appropriate
12:00 1:00 Lunch Reason(s):
NN PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/ Not Completed
call formation
Attendance in the As appropriate
1:00 1:15 Afternoon Reason(s):
PM PM

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


On practical exercises Not Completed

As appropriate
1:15 1:30 Reason(s):
PM PM

Materials for PRACTICAL EXERCISES Completed


sketching (CONTINUATION) Not Completed
Digital Camera
Sketching and As appropriate
1:30 4:45 photographing the traffic Reason(s):
PM PM accident scene

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 181
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our
PM PM concerns Father) Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for
Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
for All Personnel to
9:00 9:30 Sleep (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Issue
Delinquency
Report

182 MODULE VII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

MODULE VII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 183
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
MODULE VIII : TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICER IN COURT
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 14 and 15

VENUE : Court Room/ As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Sixteen (16) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Laptop Computer

Digital Camera
Voice Recorder
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENT : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Notebook, ballpen
TRAINING REFERENCES : Rules of Court

HPG Manual
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will orient the PTs on the

duties of a Traffic Police Officer as First Responder


in a traffic accident
TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to

observe court proceedings for traffic cases.


1. Pre-trial

2. Cross/Re-Cross Examination
3. Direct/Re-Direct Examination

184 MODULE VIII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
A
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION

AM) Attention Morning Prayer Completed


Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
Assembly Call REVEILLE
4:00 5:00 (4:15 AM) Calisthenics/ As appropriate
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
DAY Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
14 Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Rank Accounting Report
Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
AM AM Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

MODULE VIII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 185
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Intro on Traffic INTRODUCTION TO Completed


Police Officer in MODULE VIII: TRAFFIC
Court POLICE OFFICER IN Not Completed
7:45 8:00 Availability of COURT As appropriate
Learning Aids Invocation: Police Officer’s
AM AM
Required Prayer Training Reason(s):
Goal Training
Objectives

8:00 12:00 Availability of FIELD IMMERSION Completed


AM NN Subject Matter Actual court hearings on Not Completed
Expert Pre-Trial, Cross/Re-Cross
o With SME Examination and Direct/Re- As appropriate
o Without Direct Examination Reason(s):
SME

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal Not Completed
Mess Kits
Venue for As appropriate
12:00 1:00 Lunch Reason(s):
NN PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/ Not Completed
call formation
Attendance in the As appropriate
1:00 1:15 Afternoon Reason(s):
PM PM

Briefing FIELD IMMERSION Completed


Actual court hearings on Not Completed
Pre-Trial, Cross/Re-Cross
Examination and Direct/Re- As appropriate
1:15 4:45 Direct Examination Reason(s):
PM PM

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities Not Completed
activities for the for the day
day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our Reason(s):
PM PM concerns Father)
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

MODULE VIII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


186
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00 As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for As appropriate
Dinner
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision on STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Attendance before Time Not Completed
Defects Noted
for All Personnel to
9:00 9:30 Sleep (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report
Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed
TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

MODULE VIII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 187
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed
Sheet INSPECTION
Daily Personnel
5

(7:00 AM-7:15 Not Completed


AM) Rank Accounting Report
Y1

Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate


Reason(s):
DA

(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis


7:00 8:00 AM) Proper haircut
AM AM Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

8:00 12:00 Briefing FIELD IMMERSION Completed


AM NN Actual court hearings on
Pre-Trial, Cross/Re-Cross Not Completed
Examination and Direct/Re-
Direct Examination As appropriate
Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


12:00 1:00 Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
NN PM Venue for

MODULE VIII FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


188
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Lunch
As appropriate
Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/
call formation Attendance in the Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Briefing FIELD IMMERSION Completed


Actual court hearings on
Pre-Trial, Cross/Re-Cross Not Completed
Examination and Direct/Re-
1:15 4:45 Direct Examination As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our
PM PM concerns Father) Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


6:00 7:00 Dinner Prayer before meal
PM PM Mess kits Not Completed

MODULE VIII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 189
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Venue for
Dinner As appropriate
Reason(s):

Supervision of STUDY TIME Completed


study time
7:00 9:00 Not Completed

As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
for All Personnel to
9:00 9:30 Sleep (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Issue
Delinquency
Report
Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed
TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

190 MODULE VIII FIELD TRAINING PROGRA


M
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Module VIII
TRAINING MANUSCRIPT
TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICER IN COURT

PRACTICAL EXERCISE # 1: Court Hearing Observation

The PTs will be exposed to an actual court hearing and its sequence as
perception on how to address questions in a witness stand.

FTO’s Note: Follow the steps below to conduct this activity.

Assign a hearing scenario to each member.


Let them recite their observations on Do’s and Dont’s.
Tell them they have 15 minutes each to complete this activity.

FTO’s Instruction:

Monitor the time. Notify them when two (2) minutes is remaining.
Have them submit a written observation.
Print out the importance of observing/witnessing actual hearing.

PRACTICAL EXERCISE # 2

The PTs
ishment.

Let them

penalties.

FTO’s Instruction:

Monitor the time. Notify them when two (2) minutes is remaining.

Point out the complications brought about by failing to attend court hearings in
their personal life especially in their career.

Tell them they have ten (10) minutes to complete this activity.

MODULE VIII FIELDTRAINING PR


OGRAM 191
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
SUBJECT / ACTIVITIES : TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 16

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Locality / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and markers
Digital or Video Camera
Extra Sheets of Paper
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENT : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Whistle, flashlight, reflectorized traffic gloves,
reflectorized traffic vest
TRAINING REFERENCES : HPG Handbook

TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will teach the police trainees

with the basic knowledge on traffic direction and


control and the techniques of its execution.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Be familiar with the different methods of hand signal in manning

the traffic;
T.O. #2 : Be familiar with the proper usage of whistle, flashlight, reflectorized

gloves and vest while conducting traffic direction and control at


night;
T.O. #3 : Know the proper conduct of direction and control in traffic

congestion (gridlock) at any given situation; and


T.O. #4 : Apply the knowledge learned during the practical exercises.

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


192
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
A
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION
AM) Attention Morning Prayer Completed
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed


Cleaning CLEANING OF
Materials AOR/BREAKFAST Not Completed
Designation of AOR Clean-up
5:00 7:00 AOR Personal hygiene As appropriate
AM AM Availability and Wearing of prescribed Reason(s):
DAY Distribution of uniform
16 Breakfast Breakfast: Prayer before
meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Accounting Report
Rank Rank Inspection As appropriate
Inspection Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 (7:15 AM-7:45 Proper haircut
AM) Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Defects Noted Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Mustache
Issuance of Finger nails
Delinquency
Report

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 193


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Introduction on BRIEFING ON MODULE IV Completed


Traffic Direction Not Completed
and Control
As appropriate
7:45 8:00 Reason(s):
AM AM

Whistles PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Flashlights Conduct of Traffic Direction Not Completed
Reflectorized and Control at Signalized and
vests Uncontrolled Intersection As appropriate
8:00 12:00 Reflectorized Reason(s):
AM NN gloves

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal Not Completed
Mess Kits
Venue for As appropriate
12:00 1:00 Lunch Reason(s):
NN PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for Roll Roll Call Formation/ Not Completed
Call Formation Attendance in the
Afternoon As appropriate
1:00 1:15 Reason(s):
PM PM

Attendance PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Sheet of PTs (CONTINUATION) Not Completed
Digital or Video Traffic Direction and Control
Camera in a Planned Event or As appropriate
1:15 4:45 Whistles between Signaled Reason(s):
PM PM Flashlights Uncontrolled Intersection
Reflectorized
vests
Reflectorized
gloves
Assign a PT to RECAP ITUL ATIO N Completed
recap the Summary of the activities Not Completed
activities for the for the day
day Closing Prayer As appropriate
4:45 5:00 Issues and Reason(s):
PM PM concerns
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


194
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
5:00 6:00 Mess kits Not Completed
Venue for
PM PM Dinner As appropriate
Reason(s):

Attendance PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Sheet (CONTINUATION)
Digital or Video Traffic Direction and Control Not Completed
Camera in an intersection As appropriate
Check every
equipment of During Rush Hour Reason(s):
6:00 8:00 each Police Night time
PM PM Trainee
Whistles
flashlight
Reflectorized
vest
Reflectorized
gloves
Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed
personal
tasking Not Completed
8:00 9:00 As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/

Defects Noted Attendance before Time for Not Completed


All Personnel to Sleep
9:00 9:30
(TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issuance of
Delinquency
Report
Supervision on TIME FOR ALL Completed
4:00 TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
(TAPS) Not Completed
9:30 AM
PM (next As appropriate
day) Reason(s):

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 195


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
SUBJECT / ACTIVITIES : BASICTRAFFIC LAWS, RULES AND
REGULATIONS, MEMORANDA, ORDINANCES
AND ISSUANCES
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 17

VENUE : Station’s Classroom / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Manila Paper
Extra Sheets of Paper
POLICE TRAINEE’S

MATERIALS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Paper
Flash Drive
Ballpen and Pencil
TRAINING REFERENCES : Highway Patrol Group Handbook Series of 1999

Land Transportation Office Department Orders and


Issuances
Republic Act No. 10084 (Helmet Law)
Republic Act No. 8750 (Seat Belt Law)
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will teach PTs the basic

traffic laws, rules and regulations, memoranda,


ordinances, issuances, and its applicability in the
execution of traffic by police officers.

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
196 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Understand and recognize the main concept of Republic Act No.
4136, LTO directives and Issuances, Salient features of Republic
Act No. 10054 and Republic Act No. 8750; and

T.O. #2 : Identify the different violations of motorists.

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 197


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
REVEILLE
Assembly Call As appropriate
Calisthenics/
4:00 5:00 (4:15 AM) Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
AM AM Accounting
Physical Conditioning
(4:20 AM)
Road Run
Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed
Distribution of CLEANING OF Not Completed
Cleaning AOR/BREAKFAST
Materials AOR Clean-up As appropriate
5:00 7:00 Designation of Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM AOR Wearing of prescribed
Availability and uniform
Distribution of Breakfast: Prayer before
Breakfast meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK
D AY 17

Completed
Sheet INSPECTION Not Completed
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel
AM) Rank Accounting Report As appropriate
Inspection Rank Inspection Reason(s):
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis
7:00 8:00 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

Briefing BRIEFING ON MODULE II: Completed


PRACTICAL EXERCISE Not Completed
8:00 8:15 As appropriate
AM AM Reason(s):

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
198 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

o Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Subject Matter
Expert Not Completed
8:15 12:00 o with SME As appropriate
AM NN o without Reason(s):
SME

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for
Lunch As appropriate
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for Roll Roll Call Formation/
Call Formation Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

o Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISES Completed


Subject Matter
Expert Not Completed
1:15 4:45 o with SME As appropriate
PM PM o without Reason(s):
SME

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the ‡ Not Completed
day for the day
4:45 5:00 Issues and ‡
Closing Prayer: The Lord’s As appropriate
PM PM concerns Prayer (Our Father) Reason(s):
Open Forum
Guidance

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 199


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00 As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for
Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision on STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time for Not Completed
9:00 9:30 All Personnel to Sleep
(TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issuance of
Delinquency
Report

Supervision on TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
200 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
SUBJECT / ACTIVITIES : TRAFFIC INTERSECTION CONFLICTS, SIGNS
AND SYMBOLS
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 19

VENUE : Station’s Classroom / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Manila Paper
Extra Sheets of Paper
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Paper, flash drive, ballpen, pencil
TRAINING REFERENCES : Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)

Revised Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit Bragado


TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will provide police trainees

the common traffic signs and symbols and the


ability to recognize the different types of collision.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Enumerate the three (3) basic types of traffic sign:

Danger Warning Sign


Informative Sign
Mandatory Sign

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 201


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

T.O. #2 : Recognize the three (3) common types of collision:

Side swipe collision


Head-on collision
Rear-end collision

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
202 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer Not Completed
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE As appropriate
Assembly Call
4:00 5:00 (4:15 AM) ‡ Calisthenics/ Reason(s):
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run
Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed
Distribution of CLEANING OF Not Completed
Cleaning AOR/BREAKFAST
Materials AOR Clean-up As appropriate
5:00 7:00 Designation of Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM AOR Wearing of prescribed
Availability and uniform
Distribution of Breakfast: Prayer before
Breakfast meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed
Sheet INSPECTION
9

Not Completed
(7:01 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel
Y1

As appropriate
AM) Rank Accounting Report
DA

Inspection Rank Inspection Reason(s):


(7:16 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis
AM) Proper haircut
7:00 7:45 Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report with
defects

Briefing on BRIEFING ON TRAFFIC Completed


Traffic INTERSECTION Not Completed
Intersection CONFLICTS, SIGNS AND
As appropriate
Conflicts, Signs SYMBOLS
7:45 8:00 and Symbols Invocation: Police Officer’s Reason(s):
Prayer
AM AM
Prior to dispatch for field
immersion

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 203


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of FIELD IMMERSION Completed


Subject Matter
Expert (8:00) Not Completed
8:00 12:00 o with SME As appropriate
AM NN
o without SME
Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch
Mess Kits
‡ Prayer before meal
Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for
Lunch As appropriate
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll
call formation
‡ Roll Call Formation/
Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


Prior to dispatch for field
immersion Not Completed
1:15 1:30
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

AOR Map FIELD IMMERSION Completed


(CONTINUATION)
Not Completed
1:30 4:45 As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
204 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The As appropriate
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our Father)
PM PM Concerns Reason(s):
Open Forum
Guidance

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal
tasking Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for As appropriate
Dinner
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision on STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORM ATIO N Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
for All Personnel to Sleep
9:00 9:30 (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issuance of
Delinquency
Report

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 205


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision on TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed
As appropriate
9:30 AM
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
206 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
SUBJECT / ACTIVITIES : TRAFFIC DIRECTION AND CONTROL
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 20

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Locality / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Digital or Video Camera
Extra Sheets of Paper
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Whistle, flashlight, reflectorized traffic gloves and
vest
TRAINING REFERENCE : Highway Patrol Group Handbook

TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will teach the police trainees

with the basic knowledge on traffic direction and


control and the techniques of its execution.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1: a. Be familiar with the different methods of hand signal in manning
the traffic;

Be familiar with the proper usage of whistle, flashlight, reflectorized


gloves and vest while conducting traffic direction and control at
night; and

Know the proper conduct of direction and control in traffic


congestion (gridlock) at any given situation.

T.O. # 2 : Apply the acquired knowledge during the practical exercises.

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 207


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer Not Completed
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE
Assembly Call As appropriate
Calisthenics/
4:00 5:00 (4:15 AM) Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
AM AM Accounting
Physical Conditioning
(4:20 AM)
Road Run
Distribution of PERSONAL NECESSITIES/ Completed
Cleaning CLEANING OF Not Completed
Materials AOR/BREAKFAST
Designation of AOR Clean-up As appropriate
5:00 7:00 AOR Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM Availability and Wearing of prescribed
Distribution of uniform
Breakfast Breakfast: Prayer before
meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK
AY 20

Completed
Sheet INSPECTION Not Completed
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel
AM) Accounting Report As appropriate
Reason(s):
D

Rank Rank Inspection


Inspection Tamang Bihis
7:00 7:45 (7:15 AM-7:45 Proper haircut
AM) Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Defects Noted Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Mustache
Issuance of Finger nails
Delinquency
Report
Briefing on BRIEFING ON MODULE IV Completed
Traffic Direction Invocation: Police Officer’s Not Completed
and Control Prayer
As appropriate
Prior to dispatch for the
7:45 8:00 practical exercise Reason(s):
AM AM

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
208 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Whistles PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Flashlights Conduct of Traffic Direction
Reflectorized and Control at Signalized and Not Completed
vests Uncontrolled Intersection As appropriate
Reflectorized
8:00 12:00 gloves Reason(s):
AM NN Availability of
Subject Matter
Expert
o with SME
o without
SME
Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed
Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:0 0 1:00 Venue for
Lunch As appropriate
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for Roll Roll Call Formation/
Call Formation Attendance in the Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Afternoon
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Sheet (CONTINUATION)
Digital or Video Traffic Direction and Control Not Completed
Camera in Planned Event or
1:15 4:45 Whistles between Signaled As appropriate
PM PM Flashlights Uncontrolled Intersection Reason(s):
Reflectorized
vests
Reflectorized
gloves
Assign a PT toRECAP ITUL ATIO N Completed
recap the Summary of the activities
activities for the for the day Not Completed
4:45 5:00 day Closing Prayer As appropriate
Issues and
PM PM
concerns Reason(s):
Other

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 209


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Instructions
Closing prayer

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
5:00 6:00 Venue for
Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Sheet (CONTINUATION)
Digital or Video Traffic Direction and Control Not Completed
Camera in Planned Event or
Check every between Signaled As appropriate
equipment of Uncontrolled Intersection Reason(s):
6:00 8:00 each Police
PM PM Trainee
Whistles
Flashlights
Reflectorized
vests
Reflectorized
gloves
Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed
personal
tasking Not Completed
8:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/

Defects Noted Attendance before Time for Not Completed


9:00 9:30 All Personnel to Sleep
(TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issuance of
Delinquency
Report

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
210 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision on TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 211


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
SUBJECT / ACTIVITIES : TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 21

VENUE : Station Traffic Division/ As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) Hours

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Multi-Media Pointer
Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Sample Citation Tickets
a. Temporary Operator’s Permit (TOP)

b. Traffic Violations Receipt (TVR)

c. Ordinance Violations Receipt (OVR)

Driver’s License

Manila Paper
Extra Sheets of Paper
Area of Responsibility (AOR) Map
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
TRAINING REFERENCES : PNP Operational Procedures (December 2013)

TMG Manual, Chapter V, pages 31-80, RA 4136


Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)
Revised Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit
Bragado R.A. No. 4136, R.A. No. 6539, P.D. No.
1612, P.D. No. 98 and other related laws, rules
and regulations, memoranda and issuances

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
212 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will provide police trainees


with the basic knowledge on traffic law
enforcement and develop their necessary skills.

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Recognize the commonly violated traffic laws, ordinances, rules


and regulations;
T.O. #2 : Differentiate the following:

a. Invalid Driver’s License;

b. Suspended Driver’s License; and

c. Revoked Driver’s License.

T.O. #3 : Identify the three (3) Police Traffic Enforcement Actions;

T.O. #4 : Recognize the three (3) methods used in approaching the

violator’s vehicle; and


T.O. #5 : Enumerate the special and usual traffic situations.

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 213


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE As appropriate
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
1

Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
D A Y2

meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed
Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Accounting Report
Rank Inspection Rank Inspection As appropriate
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis Reason(s):
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
AM AM Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report
Recap of BRIEFING Completed
activities Recap of yesterday’s
7:45 8:00 activities Not Completed
Administrative
AM AM announcement for As appropriate
Reason(s):

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


214
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

today’s activities

Availability of TOPIC PRESENTATION Completed


Subject Matter AND DISCUSSION
Expert List and explain the (3) Not Completed
o with SME kinds of Enforcement As appropriate
8:00 10:15 o without SME Actions
AM AM Reason(s):

Availability of GROUP DISCUSSION Completed


Subject Matter
Expert Not Completed
10:15 12:00 o with SME As appropriate
o without SME
AM NN Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for Lunch As appropriate
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll call Roll Call Formation
formation Attendance in the Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Afternoon
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of FIELD IMMERSION Completed


Subject Matter
1:15 4:45 Expert Not Completed
PM PM o with SME As appropriate
o without SME Reason(s):

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 215


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the
activities for the activities for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our As appropriate
PM PM concerns Father) Reason(s):
Open Forum
Guidance

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal tasking
Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision on STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Attendance before Time Not Completed
Defects Noted
for All Personnel to
9:00 9:30 Sleep (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
216 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 217


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
SUBJECT / ACTIVITIES : BASIC PRINCIPLES OF DEFENSIVE DRIVING
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 22

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Motorpool / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) hours PE

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Available Motor Vehicle
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Notebook, ballpen
TRAINING REFERENCES : R.A. No. 4136 (Transportation Code of the

Philippines) Book on Trafficology (The Science of


Traffic) Revised Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit
Bragado
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will teach police trainees

with the basic principles on defensive driving and


motor vehicle maintenance.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Understand the basic principles of defensive driving; and

T.O. #2 : Be familiar about the parts of a motor vehicle.

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
218 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer Not Completed
Call (4:05 AM) REVEILLE As appropriate
Assembly Call Calisthenics/
4:00 5:00 (4:15 AM) Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
AM AM Accounting
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/ Not Completed
Materials CLEANING OF
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST As appropriate
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up Reason(s):
Availability and Personal hygiene
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
Breakfast uniform
Breakfast: Prayer before
22

meal
Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed
AY

Sheet INSPECTION Not Completed


(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel
As appropriate
D

AM) Accounting Report


Rank Inspection Rank Inspection Reason(s):
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
AM AM Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report
Briefing on Basic BRIEFING ON MODULE Completed
Principle of VI Not Completed
Defensive
7:45 8:00 Driving As appropriate
AM AM Availability of Reason(s):
Learning Aids
Required

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 219


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Subject Matter
Expert (8:00 AM) Not Completed
8:00 12:00 o with SME As appropriate
o without SM
AM NN Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
12:00 1:00 Venue for Lunch As appropriate
NN PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll call Roll Call Formation/
formation Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Briefing BRIEFING Completed


Prior to dispatch for PE
Not Completed
1:15 1:30
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

AOR Map PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


(CONTINUATION)
Not Completed
1:30 4:45
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
220 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Assign a PT to RECAPITULATION Completed


recap the Summary of the
activities for the activities for the day Not Completed
day Closing Prayer : The
4:45 5:00 Issues and Lord’s Prayer (Our As appropriate
PM PM concerns Father) Reason(s):
Other
Instructions
Closing prayer

Supervision on PERSONAL TIME Completed


personal tasking
Not Completed
5:00 6:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Availability of DINNER TIME Completed


Dinner Prayer before meal
Mess kits Not Completed
6:00 7:00 Venue for Dinner As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Supervision on STUDY TIME Completed


studies
Not Completed
7:00 9:00
As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Time Not Completed
9:00 9:30 for All Personnel to
Sleep (TAPS) As appropriate
PM PM Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 221


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
4:00 (TAPS) Not Completed

9:30 AM As appropriate
PM (next Reason(s):
day)

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
222 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING PLAN
SUBJECT / ACTIVITIES : DUTIES OF A POLICE OFFICER AS FIRST
RESPONDER IN A TRAFFIC ACCIDENT
TARGET AUDIENCE : Police Trainees

DAY : 23

VENUE : Station’s Classroom/ Motorpool / As appropriate

TIME ALLOTTED : Eight (8) hours PE

LEARNING AIDS : Multi-Media Projector

Laptop Computer
Projector Screen
Digital Camera
Flip Charts and Markers
Driver’s License
Motor Vehicle Certificate of Registration and Official
Receipt
Available Motor Vehicle
POLICE TRAINEE’S

REQUIREMENTS : PT’s prescribed uniform (Tamang Bihis)


PT’s Guide
Ruler, notebook, ballpen
TRAINING REFERENCES : PNP Manual PNPM-D-0-2-1-00 (DHRDD)

First Responders’ Manual


Highway Patrol Group Manual
Book on Trafficology (The Science of Traffic)
Revised
Edition 2008 by Prof. Felino Aguit Bragado
TRAINING GOAL : This block of instruction will orient the police

trainees on the duties of a traffic police officer as


first responder in a traffic accident.

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 223


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAINING OBJECTIVES : After this block of instruction, the PTs will be able to:

T.O. #1 : Enumerate the duties of police officer as first responder in a traffic


accident;

T.O. #2 : Proper sketching of the different types of traffic accident collision;


and

T.O. #3 : Know the methods of photographing a traffic accident scene.

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
224 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

FTO’S NOTE: Check the appropriate boxes or circles indicated in the daily
training schedule.

DAILY TRAINING SCHEDULE


D
A TIME FTO CHECKLIST ACTIVITIES REMARKS
Y
First Call (4:00 INVOCATION Completed
AM) Attention Morning Prayer
Call (4:05 AM) Not Completed
4:00 5:00 Assembly Call REVEILLE
(4:15 AM) Calisthenics/ As appropriate
AM AM Accounting Warm-up Exercises/ Reason(s):
(4:20 AM) Physical Conditioning
Road Run

Distribution of PERSONAL Completed


Cleaning NECESSITIES/
Materials CLEANING OF Not Completed
Designation of AOR/BREAKFAST
5:00 7:00 AOR AOR Clean-up As appropriate
Availability and Personal hygiene Reason(s):
AM AM
Distribution of Wearing of prescribed
23

Breakfast uniform
Y

Breakfast: Prayer before


DA

meal

Attendance FORMATION AND RANK Completed


Sheet INSPECTION
(7:00 AM-7:15 Daily Personnel Not Completed
AM) Rank Accounting Report As appropriate
Inspection Rank Inspection
Reason(s):
(7:15 AM-7:45 Tamang Bihis
7:00 7:45 AM) Proper haircut
Defects Noted Tickler/Ballpen/Hanky
AM AM
Handcuff
Socks
Buckle
Issue Mustache
Delinquency Finger nails
Report

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 225


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Briefing on RECAP OF PREVIOUS Completed


Duty of Police ACTIVITY Not Completed
Officer as First
7:40 8:00 Responder in As appropriate
Vehicular Reason(s):
AM AM Traffic Accident
Availability of
Learning Aids
Required
Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed
Subject Matter (CONTINUATION)
Expert Not Completed
8:00 12:00 o with SME As appropriate
o without SME
AM NN Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
Venue for As appropriate
12:00 1:00 Lunch
Reason(s):
NN PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/
call formation Attendance in the Not Completed
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
Reason(s):
PM PM

Briefing BRIEFING ON Completed


PRACTICAL EXERCISES
Not Completed
1:15 1:30
As appropriate
Reason(s):
PM PM

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
226 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Materials for PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


sketching
1:30 4:45 Digital Camera Not Completed
As appropriate
PM PM
Reason(s):

Availability of PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


Subject Matter (CONTINUATION)
Expert Not Completed
8:00 12:00 o with SME As appropriate
o without SME
AM NN Reason(s):

Availability of LUNCH BREAK Completed


Lunch Prayer before meal
Mess Kits Not Completed
Venue for As appropriate
12:00 1:00 Lunch
Reason(s):
NN PM

Attendance FORMATION Completed


Sheet for roll Roll Call Formation/
call formation Not Completed
Attendance in the
1:00 1:15 Afternoon As appropriate
Reason(s):
PM PM

Briefing BRIEFING ON Completed


PRACTICAL EXERCISES
Not Completed
1:15 1:30
As appropriate
Reason(s):
PM PM

PRACTICAL EXERCISES FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM 227


FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

Materials for PRACTICAL EXERCISE Completed


sketching
1:30 4:45 Digital Camera Not Completed

PM PM As appropriate
Reason(s):

9:00 9:30 Attendance FORMATION Completed


PM PM Sheet Roll Call Formation/
Defects Noted Attendance before Not Completed
Time for All Personnel As appropriate
to Sleep (TAPS)
Reason(s):
Issue
Delinquency
Report

Supervision of TIME FOR ALL Completed


TAPS PERSONNEL TO SLEEP
(TAPS) Not Completed

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
228 PRACTICAL EXERCISES PROGRAM
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

SUMMARY

It is the mission of the Field Training Program and the Field Training Officer to:

Ensure that the PTs are provided with a basic and fundamental understanding in
a police context of what police traffic is all about;

Provide the PTs with realistic career expectations as well as a legitimate and
useful motivation for the development of a professional police career;

Provide the PTs with the practical competency to perform the duties of a police
officer in the Philippine National Police to an acceptable level within standard
professional norms; and

Identify the minimum standards in modular lectures, practical exercises, field


immersions, skills, and examinations to become a certified police officer.

TESTING STANDARDS

1. On Evaluation and Examination

A PT must score a minimum of 75% in any written test such as module


or weekly examinations.

2. On Practical or Skills Testing

A PTs must score a minimum of 80% in any practical skills test such as the
traffic direction and control and any of the practical exercises they performed.

“Everything that God puts in our life is a lesson, even the bad experiences.
Learn from them, adjust your direction, grow and move on.”
― Claudia McCants

SUMMARY FIELDTRAINING PR
OGRAM 229
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER'S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

EVALUATION AND DELIBERATION


TRAFFIC PHASE
NAMEOFTHEPOUCE EE: ---------------------------------
TIM iing D1::1jec1ive :t1: 00x11111Hd
D Pb etec
TIM iing Dl::ljeclive :12: 00x11111Hd
D Pb etec
TIM iing Dl::ljeclive :1:1: 00x11111Hd
D Pb etec
TIM iing Dl::ljeclive M: 00x11111Hd
D Pb etec
TIM iing D1::1jec1ive t:5: 00x11111Hd
D Pb etec
FTD Enllatioo: D F'Esed D Flllilm (Relnli'ing}

Rea101r
Pmled Nllll"'e &

Dille
CCF's Enlumian •IMI
ReWni:
DP d D Flllilm (Relnli'ing}
Pmled Nllll"'e & R ...::

Dille

Ct::lmrilta:ls AFProiiNIIII: d
DP D Flllilm (Relnli'ing}
R u
Pmled Nllll"'e &

Dille

D Ccmbmed:
-----------------------------------
Siplab n ! oflhe Pc!MeT
NmCcmbmed.:

FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM


2301 EVALUATION AND DELIBERATION
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TECHNICAL WORKING GROUP

NAME OFFICE / UNIT DESIGNATION


PCSUPT LYNDEL A. DESQUITADO 0-02053 DHRDD Member

PCSUPT MANUEL CESAR A. PRIETO 0-01025 DHRDD Member


PCSUPT VICENTE A. LOOT 0-04343 PNP TS Member
PSSUPT JEROME S. BAXINELA 0-01497 DHRDD Member
PSSUPT AGUSTIN E. SENOT 0-05686 DHRDD Member
PSSUPT JOHN Q. SOSITO 0-07842 PNP TS Member
PSSUPT ERNESTO T. BARLAM 0-04747 NCRPO Member
PSSUPT JUANITA S. NEBRAN 0-04638 DIDM Member
PSSUPT BENIGNO B. DURANA 0-02847 DO Member
PSSUPT ERICSON T. VELASQUEZ 0-00690 DIDM Member
PSSUPT BARTOLOME R. BUSTAMANTE 0-06951 CIDG Member
PSUPT OLIVER S. TANSECO 0-09126 HPG Member
PSUPT ELY C. PINTANG 0-01480 NCRPO Member
PSUPT EXPEDITO M. ORILLA 0-03613 DI Member
SECRETARIAT

PSUPT PAMELA D. BALASABAS 0-08483 PNP TS Head Secretariat

PCINSP CRISANTO A. AVILES 0-16107 DHRDD Member


PCINSP REYNALDO G. RAMOS 0-16060 PRO MIMAROPA Member
PCINSP ROBERTO V. ALDEA 0-17142 DPCR Member
PCINSP JONA G. ANDANAR 0-16723 HS Member
PCINSP MARIO C. MANAHAN 0-17097 NCRPO Member
PSINSP BARRY F. DOLLENTE 0-18603 NCRPO Member
PINSP KNOWME L. SIA 0-23107 NCRPO Member

FIELD T R A I N I N GP R
TECHNICAL W ORKING GROUP
OGRAM
231
FIELD TRAINING OFFICER’S GUIDE
on Traffic Phase

TRAFFIC GROUP

PSUPT SALVADOR T. ALACYANG


Team Leader

PSUPT ROBERT S. DACULAN


PSUPT JOJO S. DELA CRUZ
PSUPT RUSSEL C. MACA
PSUPT CARTER P. BALUNES
PCINSP VICTOR C. DULLIYAO
PCINSP FLORIAN D. REYNALDO
PSINSP JOEBIE M. ASTUCIA
PINSP ABUDIO S. CLORES, JR.
PINSP JOSEPT T. MARTIN PINSP
RYAN C. PARAN
SPO3 QUINCIANO D. LOPENA
PO3 CLARENCE B. VINASOY
PO3 ARMANDO S. ALVIAR PO3
JOSELITO C. BADE
PO3 RODELO D. LUPANGCO

F I E L DT R A I N I N G
232 TECHNICAL W ORKING GROUP PROGRAM
pGs
<s:>
CODE-P

.
STRATE GIC FOCUS 1:COMPETENCE
• 1 {:1te}1sif y Policy Reform;
Review and pursue legislative agenda;
Improve the Field Training Program (FTP} with emphasis on Field Training
Exercise (Patrol, Traff ic and First responder);
Standardize Specialized Courses for Operational Support Staff
/Units/Teams;
Improvem e nt of existing Non-Uniforme d Personnel (NUP) courses and
development of competency courses for NUPs; and
Enhance operational procedures and practices

STRATEGIC FOCUS 2:ORGANIZATIO N AL DEVELOPMENT


• Streamline the Organization;
• Implement the concept of "My IP is the Key", at all levels nationwide;
• Standardize recruitment, selection and placement of police personnel;
Instill leadership down to the lowest level to communicate and implement change;
and
Complement or support organizational development through efficient
resource management.

STRATEGIC FOCUS 3:DISCIPLINE


• Establish mechanism to determine the level of discipline of PNP personnel;
Institutionalize reforms and mechanism to fast track the resolution of admin cases
against PNP personnel; and
Enhance Counter- Intelligence effor ts against erring PNP personnel.

STRATEGIC FOCUS 4: EXCELLENCE


• Integrate the 'Subukan N'yo Po Komi' SMS Center with the PNP TXT 2920;
Establish an effective feedback mechanism as the basis for evaluation
and assessment on the performance of field units;
Fully implement the adopted ICT-assisted based systems to support
adminis trative functions, inves tigation and police operations;
Redesign the PNP uniforms and institute safeguards against unauthorized
manufacture and use; and
Provide quality service to the people and the community.

STRATEGIC FOCUS 5: PROFESSIONALISM


S tandardize Placement and Promotion System based on merit and fitness,
at all levels;
• Develop various levels of expert professionals in the organization:
Rationalize Rewards and Incentives System and Enhance Morale and
Welfare Program;
Continuously review and update police opera tional procedures and other policy
manuals; and
Improve internal and external communications through proactive media program
Published by:
Directorate for Human Resource and Doctrine Development
Philippine National Police
2014

You might also like